Hydantoin containing deoxyuridine triphosphatase inhibitors

ABSTRACT

Provided herein are dUTPase inhibitors, compositions comprising such compounds and methods of using such compounds and compositions.

CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application is a national stage application under 35 U.S.C. § 371 of International Application No. PCT/IB2016/054091, filed Jul. 7, 2016, which in turn claims the benefit of Indian Application No. 740/KOL/2015, filed Jul. 8, 2015, the entire contents of each of which are incorporated herein by reference.

BACKGROUND

Thymidylate metabolism is required for producing essential building blocks necessary to replicate DNA in dividing cells and has long been an important therapeutic target for cornerstone cancer drugs. Drugs targeting this pathway such as 5-fluorouracil (5-FU) inhibit the enzyme thymidylate synthase (TS) and are currently critical standard-of care therapies. TS-targeted agents are used for the treatment of a variety of cancers including colon, gastric, head and neck, breast, lung and blood related malignancies among others. Grem, J. L., 5-Fluorouracil plus leucovorin in cancer therapy, in Principals and Practice of Oncology Update Series, J. De Vita, V. T., S. Hellman, and A. Rosenberg, Editors. 1988, J. B. Lippincott: Philadelphia, Pa.

There are two classes of drugs that target the TS enzyme: the fluoropyrimidines and the antifolates. The fluoropyrimidines, 5-FU, S-1 and capecitabine (Xeloda®), have wide use in the treatment of gastrointestinal and breast cancers, while the antifolate pemetrexed (Alimta®) is currently used for the treatment of non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC). Since the discovery of 5-FU over fifty years ago by Charles Heidelberger, the fluoropyrimidines remain one of the most common and effective anticancer cancer drugs used worldwide. Due to this fact, there is an abundance of clinical experience and insight into the mechanism of action of these agents.

The TS inhibitor 5-fluorouracil (5 FU) remains the foundation of many first and second line regimens in the treatment of colon cancer. Single agent therapies including oxaliplatin, irinotecan, Erbitux and Avastin, demonstrate lowered activity in colon cancer compared to 5-FU. In addition to colon cancer, TS-inhibitory agents have demonstrated efficacy in several other solid tumor types. Standard of care now incorporates 5-FU as the backbone drug in combination with oxaliplatin or irinotecan or another agent.

Deoxyuridine triphosphatase (“dUTPase”) is a ubiquitous enzyme that is essential for viability in both prokaryotic and eukaryotic organisms; as the main regulator of dUTP pools, the expression of dUTPase could have profound effects on the utility of chemotherapeutics that inhibit thymidylate biosynthesis. Normally, dUTPase mediates a protective role by limiting the expansion of dUTP pools and countering the cytotoxic effect of uracil misincorporation. According to this model, elevated levels of dUTPase could prevent TS inhibitor-induced dUTP accumulation and induce drug resistance. It has been shown that dUTPase over expression results in a significant decrease in dUTP accumulation and increased resistance to drug treatment when compared to controls.

Chemotherapeutic agents that target de novo thymidylate metabolism are critical for the treatment of a variety of solid tumors, however clinical efficacy is often hindered by drug resistance. Because resistance to these agents is a common occurrence, the identification and exploitation of novel determinants of drug sensitivity within this pathway of proven therapeutic utility is important. As disclosed by Ladner et al. in U.S. Patent Publ. No. US 2011/0212467, the dUTPase enzyme and the uracil-DNA misincorporation pathway can play a driving role in mediating cytotoxicity to TS-directed chemotherapies.

For example, nearly half of cancer patients do not benefit from 5-FU-based treatment due to intrinsic or acquired drug resistance. Due to this fact, there is a critical need to overcome the fundamental challenge of drug resistance and provide new therapeutic strategies to improve patient outcome. This disclosure satisfies this need and provides related advantages as well.

SUMMARY

In some aspects, this disclosure provides compounds, compositions and methods that inhibit dUTPase when used alone or in combination with at least one dUTPase-directed chemotherapy. In some aspects, this disclosure provides compounds, compositions and methods for treating cancer, killing cancer cells, and/or inhibiting cancer cell growth when used in combination with at least one TS-directed chemotherapy. Compounds of this class include, without limitation, the following compounds of formulas (I).

In one aspect, provided herein is a compound of Formula (I):

or a tautomer thereof; or a prodrug of each thereof; or a deuterium isotope of each of the above wherein up to 10, preferably up to 6, more preferably up to 3 hydrogen atoms that are attached to one or more carbon atoms are replaced with deuterium(s); or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of each of the foregoing; or a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate of each of the above mentioned,

wherein

A is an optionally substituted 5-membered heterocyclyl containing a —C(O)NZC(O)— moiety, a —C(O)OC(O) moiety, a —C(O)CR¹⁰C(O) moiety, or a —C(O)NR¹⁰C(O) moiety; or

A is a 5-membered heteroaryl or a 5-membered substantially planar heterocyclyl (i.e., a heterocyclyl wherein at least 3 or at least 4 atoms can stably be in a same plane) substituted at 1,3 positions with substituents selected from halo, optionally substituted hydroxy, and optionally substituted —SH groups, preferably two fluoros, wherein the 5-membered heteroaryl or substantially planar heterocyclyl is further optionally substituted; or

A is

preferably:

each R¹⁰ independently is hydrogen, an optionally substituted C₁-C₁₀ alkoxy, or an optionally substituted C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, preferably R¹⁰ is hydrogen;

each R³⁰ independently is hydrogen; an optionally substituted C₁-C₁₀ alkoxy; optionally substituted amino, such as —NH₂ or a mono or di-substituted form thereof; an optionally substituted C₁-C₁₀ alkyl; optionally substituted hydroxy; a prodrug moiety, or Z; or A and L¹, preferably, R³⁰, wherein R³⁰ is attached to an atom that is adjacent to the atom attached to L¹, and L¹ together with the atoms they are attached to form a 5-7 membered ring;

L¹ is a linker having 2-8 chain atoms selected from C, N, O, S, and/or P, wherein the linker is optionally substituted;

L² is —SO₂NR⁵⁰—, wherein the sulfur is attached to L¹; —NR⁵⁰SO₂—, wherein the nitrogen is attached to L¹; —C(O)NR⁵⁰—, wherein the carbon is attached to L¹; —NR⁵⁰C(O)—, wherein the nitrogen is attached to L¹; —NR⁵⁰SO₂NR⁵⁰—; or —NR⁵⁰CONR⁵⁰—;

each R⁵⁰ independently is hydrogen, an optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl, an optionally substituted C₂-C₆ heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted C₂-C₆ alkenyl, an optionally substituted C₃-C₆ heteroalkenyl, an optionally substituted C₂-C₆ alkynyl, an optionally substituted C₃-C₆ heteroalkynyl, or Z;

Z is

each R⁵¹ and R⁵² independently is hydrogen or an optionally substituted C₁-C₁₀ alkyl;

X is an optionally substituted hydroxy group, an optionally substituted NH₂ group, or an optionally substituted SH group;

L³ is a bond or a linker, preferably a linker, having 2-8 chain atoms selected from C, N, O, S, and/or P, wherein the linker is optionally substituted, preferably L³ is an optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkylene, an optionally substituted C₂-C₆ heteroalkylene, an optionally substituted C₂-C₆ alkenylene, an optionally substituted C₃-C₆ heteroalkenylene, an optionally substituted C₂-C₆ alkynylene, or an optionally substituted C₃-C₆ heteroalkynylene; and

B is an optionally substituted 6-10 membered aryl; an optionally substituted 5-15 membered heteroaryl; an optionally substituted 4-15 membered heterocyclyl; or an optionally substituted 3-15 membered cycloalkyl, if cycloalkyl, then preferably at least a 4 membered, or more preferably a 5-10 membered cycloalkyl.

In some embodiments, the compound provided herein is a prodrug. As used herein, “prodrug” refers to a compound that, after administration, is metabolized or otherwise converted to a biologically active or more active compound (or drug) with respect to at least one property. A prodrug, relative to the drug, is modified chemically in a manner that renders it, relative to the drug, less active or inactive, but the chemical modification is such that the corresponding drug is generated by metabolic or other biological processes after the prodrug is administered. A prodrug may have, relative to the active drug, altered metabolic stability or transport characteristics, fewer side effects or lower toxicity, or improved flavor (for example, see the reference Nogrady, 1985, Medicinal Chemistry A Biochemical Approach, Oxford University Press, N.Y., pages 388-392, incorporated herein by reference). A prodrug may be synthesized using reactants other than the corresponding drug. Examples of prodrugs and methods of making them are also provided in US Patent Application Publication No. 20160024127, which is incorporated herein in its entirety by reference.

In some embodiments, the compound provided herein contains one or more deuterium. Examples of a deuterium containing compound provided herein, wherein up to 10, preferably up to 6, more preferably up to 3 hydrogen atoms that are attached to carbon atoms are replaced with a deuterium, include, without limitation: a compound where a methyl group is converted to —CH₂D, —CHD₂, or —CD₃; a compound where a methylene group is converted to a —CHD- or —CD₂-, a phenyl ring where one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced with deuterium atoms, etc.

In some embodiments, A is an optionally substituted 5-membered heterocyclyl containing a —C(O)NZC(O)— moiety. In some embodiments, A is an optionally substituted 5-membered heterocyclyl containing a —C(O)OC(O) moiety. In some embodiments, A is an optionally substituted 5-membered heterocyclyl containing a —C(O)CR¹⁰C(O) moiety. In some embodiments, A is an optionally substituted 5-membered heterocyclyl containing a —C(O)NR¹⁰C(O) moiety.

In some embodiments, R¹⁰ is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R¹⁰ is an optionally substituted C₁-C₁₀ alkoxy. In some embodiments, R¹⁰ is an optionally substituted C₁-C₁₀ alkyl.

In some embodiments, A is a 5-membered heteroaryl substituted at 1,3 positions with substituents selected from halo, optionally substituted hydroxy, and optionally substituted —SH groups, preferably two fluoros, wherein the 5-membered heteroaryl is further optionally substituted. In some embodiments, A is a 5-membered heteroaryl substituted at 1,3 positions with halo, wherein the 5-membered heteroaryl is further optionally substituted. In some embodiments, the 5-membered heteroaryl is substituted at 1,3 positions with two fluoros, wherein the 5-membered heteroaryl is further optionally substituted. In some embodiments, A is a 5-membered heteroaryl substituted at 1,3 positions with optionally substituted hydroxy, wherein the 5-membered heteroaryl is further optionally substituted. In some embodiments, A is a 5-membered heteroaryl substituted at 1,3 positions with optionally substituted —SH groups, wherein the 5-membered heteroaryl is further optionally substituted.

Non-limiting and illustrative examples of a 5-membered heteroaryl substituted at 1,3 positions with substituents selected from halo, optionally substituted hydroxy, optionally substituted —SH groups include, without limitation:

where Y¹⁰ and Y¹¹ independently are selected from a halo, preferably chloro or fluoro, hydroxy, —SH, substituted hydroxy, and substituted —SH; Z²⁰-Z²² are independently selected from optionally substituted CH, optionally substituted NH, N, S, SO₂, SO, and O, provided that the combination of Z²⁰-Z²² provides a planar valence matched heteroaryl or a tautomer thereof; and each Z²³ independently is CH or N.

In some embodiments, Y¹⁰ is a halo. In some embodiments, Y¹⁰ is a chloro. In some embodiments, Y¹⁰ is a fluoro. In some embodiments, Y¹⁰ is hydroxy. In some embodiments, Y¹⁰ is SH. In some embodiments, Y¹⁰ is a substituted hydroxy. In some embodiments, Y¹⁰ is a substituted —SH.

In some embodiments, Y¹¹ is a halo. In some embodiments, Y¹¹ is a chloro. In some embodiments, Y¹¹ is a fluoro. In some embodiments, Y¹¹ is hydroxy. In some embodiments, Y¹¹ is —SH. In some embodiments, Y¹¹ is a substituted hydroxy. In some embodiments, Y¹¹ is a substituted —SH.

In some embodiments, Z²⁰ is an optionally substituted CH. In some embodiments, Z²⁰ is an optionally substituted NH. In some embodiments, Z²⁰ is N. In some embodiments, Z²⁰ is S. In some embodiments, Z²⁰ is SO₂. In some embodiments, Z²⁰ is SO. In some embodiments, Z²⁰ is O.

In some embodiments, Z²¹ is an optionally substituted CH. In some embodiments, Z²¹ is an optionally substituted NH. In some embodiments, Z²¹ is N. In some embodiments, Z²¹ is S. In some embodiments, Z²¹ is SO₂. In some embodiments, Z²¹ is SO. In some embodiments, Z²¹ is O.

In some embodiments, Z²² is an optionally substituted CH. In some embodiments, Z²² is an optionally substituted NH. In some embodiments, Z²² is N. In some embodiments, Z²² is S. In some embodiments, Z²² is SO₂. In some embodiments, Z²² is SO. In some embodiments, Z²² is O.

In some embodiments, Z²³ is an optionally substituted CH. In some embodiments, Z²³ is N.

In some embodiments, A is a 5-membered substantially planar heterocyclyl (i.e., a heterocyclyl wherein at least 3 or at least 4 atoms can stably be in a same plane) substituted at 1,3 positions with substituents selected from halo, optionally substituted hydroxy, and optionally substituted —SH groups, preferably two fluoros, wherein the 5-membered substantially planar heterocyclyl is further optionally substituted. In some embodiments, A is a 5-membered substantially planar heterocyclyl substituted at 1,3 positions with halo, wherein the 5-membered substantially planar heterocyclyl is further optionally substituted. In some embodiments, the 5-membered substantially planar heterocyclyl is substituted at 1,3 positions with two fluoros, wherein the 5-membered substantially planar heterocyclyl is further optionally substituted. In some embodiments, A is a 5-membered substantially planar heterocyclyl substituted at 1,3 positions with optionally substituted hydroxy, wherein the 5-membered substantially planar heterocyclyl is further optionally substituted. In some embodiments, A is a 5-membered substantially planar heterocyclyl substituted at 1,3 positions with optionally substituted —SH groups, wherein the 5-membered substantially planar heterocyclyl is further optionally substituted.

Examples of a 5-membered substantially planar heterocyclyl substituted at 1,3 positions with halo, optionally substituted hydroxy, and optionally substituted —SH groups, have similar structures as the corresponding 5-membered heteroaryl except that the 5-membered ring is not an aromatic ring.

In some embodiments, A is:

In some embodiments, A is:

In some embodiments, A is:

In some embodiments, A is:

In some embodiments, A is:

In some embodiments, A is:

In some embodiments, A is:

In some embodiments, A is:

In some embodiments, A is:

In some embodiments, A is:

In some embodiments, A is:

In some embodiments, A is:

In some embodiments, A is:

In some embodiments, A is:

In some embodiments, R³⁰ is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R³⁰ is an optionally substituted C₁-C₁₀ alkoxy. In some embodiments, R³⁰ is optionally substituted amino, such as NH₂ or a mono or di-substituted form thereof. In some embodiments, R³⁰ is an optionally substituted C₁-C₁₀ alkyl. In some embodiments, R³⁰ is an optionally substituted hydroxy. In some embodiments, R³⁰ is a prodrug moiety. Non-limiting and illustrative prodrug moieties include formyl ethers, and formyl esters as disclosed herein. In some embodiments, R³⁰ is Z.

Illustrative and non-limiting examples of R³⁰ include a substituted hydroxy or —CH₂OC(O)R⁸⁰, wherein R⁸⁰ is H or an optionally substituted C₁-C₁₀ alkyl. In some embodiments, R⁸⁰ is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R⁸⁰ is an optionally substituted C₁-C₁₀ alkyl.

In some embodiments, A and L¹, preferably, R³⁰ and L¹ together with the atoms they are attached to form a 5-7 membered ring.

In some embodiments, A is selected from the group consisting of:

In some embodiments, A is

In some embodiments, A is

In some embodiments, A is

The A moieties disclosed herein including herein above, can, in some embodiments, be further substituted with 1-3, preferably 1-2, more preferably, 1 R³⁰ substituent as provided herein. In some embodiments, where R³⁰ and L¹ are joined to adjacent atoms (i.e., atoms having a 1,2 positional relation), R³⁰ and a portion of L¹, together with the intervening atoms can form a 5-6 membered, optionally substituted cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl ring.

In some embodiments, A is not:

In some embodiments, A is not:

In some embodiments, L¹ is a linker having 2-8 chain atoms selected from C, N, O, S, and/or P, wherein the linker is optionally substituted. In various embodiments, L¹ having 2-8 chain atoms selected from C, N, O, S, and/or P can be: alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, wherein one or more carbon atoms are replaced with O, S, SO, SO₂, optionally substituted NH,

moieties where R^(Q) is H or C₁-C₆ alkyl optionally substituted —CO—NH—, optionally substituted —SO₂—NH—, optionally substituted —P(O)(OH)—, optionally substituted phosphoramide and optionally substituted phosphoramidate, (such as —P(O)NH₂—, —P(O)(OH)N—, etc.), optionally substituted oligoethylene glycol, optionally substituted oligo ethanolamine, and the likes, as will be apparent to the skilled artisan based on the disclosure provided herein.

In some embodiments, L¹ is —(CH₂)_(q)—. In some embodiments, one or more hydrogens are optionally substituted with alkyl. In some embodiments, at least two or more geminal hydrogens are optionally substituted with an optionally substituted 3-5 membered heterocyclyl. In some embodiments, at least two or more geminal hydrogens are optionally substituted with an optionally substituted 3-5 membered cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, the optionally substituted 3-5 membered cycloalkyl is an optionally substituted cyclopropano. In some embodiments, the optionally substituted 3-5 membered cycloalkyl is an optionally substituted cyclobutano. In some embodiments, the optionally substituted 3-5 membered cycloalkyl is an optionally substituted cyclopentane. In some embodiments, the optionally substituted 3-5 membered cycloalkyl is an optionally substituted tetrahydrofurano.

In some embodiments, q is 3. In some embodiments, q is 4. In some embodiments, q is 5. In some embodiments, q is 6. In some embodiments, q is 7. In some embodiments, q is 8.

In some embodiments, L¹ is:

In some related embodiments, one or more hydrogens are optionally substituted with C₁-C₃ alkyl. In some embodiments, at least two or more geminal hydrogens are optionally substituted with an optionally substituted 3-5 membered heterocyclyl. In some embodiments, at least two or more geminal hydrogens are optionally substituted with an optionally substituted 3-5 membered cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, the optionally substituted 3-5 membered cycloalkyl is an optionally substituted cyclopropano. In some embodiments, the optionally substituted 3-5 membered cycloalkyl is an optionally substituted cyclobutano. In some embodiments, the optionally substituted 3-5 membered cycloalkyl is an optionally substituted cyclopentano. In some embodiments, the optionally substituted 3-5 membered cycloalkyl is an optionally substituted tetrahydrofurano.

In some embodiments, p is 0. In some embodiments, p is 1. In some embodiments, p is 2. In some embodiments, p is 3. In some embodiments, p is 4. In some embodiments, p is 5.

In some embodiments, z is 0. In some embodiments, z is 1. In some embodiments, z is 2. In some embodiments, z is 3. In some embodiments, z is 4. In some embodiments, z is 5.

In some embodiments, L¹ is —(CH₂)_(m)—X¹⁵—(CH₂)—. In some embodiments, one or more hydrogens are optionally substituted with C₁-C₃ alkyl. In some embodiments, at least two or more geminal hydrogens are optionally substituted with an optionally substituted 3-5 membered heterocyclyl. In some embodiments, at least two or more geminal hydrogens are optionally substituted with an optionally substituted 3-5 membered cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, the optionally substituted 3-5 membered cycloalkyl is an optionally substituted cyclopropano. In some embodiments, the optionally substituted 3-5 membered cycloalkyl is an optionally substituted cyclobutano. In some embodiments, the optionally substituted 3-5 membered cycloalkyl is an optionally substituted cyclopentane. In some embodiments, the optionally substituted 3-5 membered cycloalkyl is an optionally substituted tetrahydrofurano.

In some embodiments, m is 0. In some embodiments, m is 1. In some embodiments, m is 2. In some embodiments, m is 3.

In some embodiments, n is 0. In some embodiments, n is 1. In some embodiments, n is 2. In some embodiments, n is 3. In some embodiments, n is 4. In some embodiments, n is 5. In some embodiments, n is 6. In some embodiments, n is 7.

In some embodiments, X¹⁵ is NR⁴⁰. In some embodiments, X¹⁵ is NR⁴⁰(+)—O(−). In some embodiments, R⁴⁰ is H. In some embodiments, R⁴⁰ is C₁-C₃ alkyl. In some embodiments, X¹⁵ is O. In some embodiments, X¹⁵ is S. In some embodiments, X¹⁵ is SO. In some embodiments, X¹⁵ is SO₂.

In some embodiments, L¹ is:

where X¹⁵ is defined as above. In some related embodiments, one or more hydrogens are optionally substituted with C₁-C₃ alkyl. In some embodiments, at least two or more geminal hydrogens are optionally substituted with an optionally substituted 3-5 membered heterocyclyl. In some embodiments, at least two or more geminal hydrogens are optionally substituted with an optionally substituted 3-5 membered cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, the optionally substituted 3-5 membered cycloalkyl is an optionally substituted cyclopropano. In some embodiments, the optionally substituted 3-5 membered cycloalkyl is an optionally substituted cyclobutano. In some embodiments, the optionally substituted 3-5 membered cycloalkyl is an optionally substituted cyclopentano. In some embodiments, the optionally substituted 3-5 membered cycloalkyl is an optionally substituted tetrahydrofurano.

In some embodiments, o is 0. In some embodiments, o is 1. In some embodiments, o is 2. In some embodiments, o is 3.

In some embodiments, r is 1. In some embodiments, r is 2. In some embodiments, r is 3.

In some embodiments, s is 0. In some embodiments, s is 1. In some embodiments, s is 2. In some embodiments, s is 3. In some embodiments, s is 4.

In some embodiments, L¹ is selected from the group consisting of:

In some related embodiments, 1-5, preferably, 1-3 hydrogen atoms of the L¹ are optionally substituted, preferred substituents including without limitation, C₁-C₆ alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 halo, such as fluoro, and/or alkoxy; optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkoxy; and halo, preferably fluoro, wherein the left side of the moieties are attached to A and wherein R⁷⁰ is an optionally substituted C₁-C₁₀ alkyl. In some embodiments, L¹ is optionally substituted wherein 1-5 hydrogen atoms are optionally substituted. In some embodiments, L¹ is optionally substituted wherein 1-3 hydrogen atoms are optionally substituted. In some embodiments, substituents include without limitation C₁-C₆ alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 halo, such as fluoro. In some embodiments, substituents include without limitation C₁-C₆ alkyl optionally substituted with C₁-C₆ alkoxy. In some embodiments, substituents include without limitation an optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkoxy. In some embodiments, substituents include without limitation a halo. In some embodiments, substituents include a fluoro.

In some embodiments, L¹ is:

or an optionally substituted version of each thereof wherein 1-5, preferably, 1-3 hydrogen atoms are optionally substituted, preferred substituents including without limitation, C₁-C₆ alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 halo, such as fluoro, and/or C₁-C₆ alkoxy; optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkoxy; and halo, preferably fluoro, wherein the left side of the moieties are attached to A.

In some embodiments, L¹ is:

In some embodiments, L¹ is:

In some embodiments, L¹ is optionally substituted wherein 1-5 hydrogen atoms are optionally substituted. In some embodiments, L¹ is optionally substituted wherein 1-3 hydrogen atoms are optionally substituted. In some embodiments, substituents include without limitation C₁-C₆ alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 halo, such as fluoro. In some embodiments, substituents include without limitation C₁-C₆ alkyl optionally substituted with C₁-C₆ alkoxy. In some embodiments, substituents include without limitation an optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkoxy. In some embodiments, substituents include without limitation a halo. In some embodiments, substituents include a fluoro.

In some embodiments, L² is —SO₂NR⁵⁰—, wherein the sulfur is attached to L¹. In some embodiments, L² is —NR⁵⁰SO₂—, wherein the nitrogen is attached to L¹. In some embodiments, L² is —C(O)NR⁵⁰—, wherein the carbon is attached to L¹. In some embodiments, L² is —NR⁵⁰C(O)—, wherein the nitrogen is attached to L¹. In some embodiments, L² is —NR⁵⁰SO₂NR⁵⁰—. In some embodiments, L² is —NR⁵⁰CONR⁵⁰—.

In some embodiments, R⁵⁰ is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R⁵⁰ is an optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl. In some embodiments, R⁵⁰ is an optionally substituted C₂-C₆ heteroalkyl. In some embodiments, R⁵⁰ is an optionally substituted C₂-C₆ alkenyl. In some embodiments, R⁵⁰ is an optionally substituted C₃-C₆ heteroalkenyl. In some embodiments, R⁵⁰ is an optionally substituted C₂-C₆ alkynyl. In some embodiments, R⁵⁰ is an optionally substituted C₃-C₆ heteroalkynyl. In some embodiments, R⁵⁰ is Z.

In some embodiments, Z is

wherein each R⁵¹ and R⁵² independently is hydrogen or an optionally substituted C₁-C₁₀ alkyl and X is an optionally substituted hydroxy group, an optionally substituted NH₂ group, or an optionally substituted SH group.

In some embodiments, R⁵¹ is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R⁵¹ is an optionally substituted. C₁-C₁₀ alkyl. In some embodiments, R⁵² is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R⁵² is an optionally substituted C₁-C₁₀ alkyl.

In some embodiments, X is an optionally substituted hydroxy group. In some embodiments, X is an optionally substituted NH₂ group. In some embodiments, X is an optionally substituted SH group.

As used herein, an optionally substituted hydroxy group refers to without limitation alkylated, arylated, cycloalkylated, heterocyclylated, acylated, carboxylated (i.e., generating a carbonate, carbamate, a thiocarbonate, a thiacarbamate containing alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and/or heterocyclyl, and such other moieties), phosphorylated, phosphonylated, sulfonylated, forms of a hydroxy group, as would be apparent to the skilled artisan in view of this disclosure.

As used herein, an optionally substituted NH₂ group refers to without limitation alkylated, arylated, cycloalkylated, heterocyclylated, acylated, carboxylated (i.e., generating a carbonate, carbamate, a thiocarbonate, a thiacarbamate containing alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and/or heterocyclyl, and such other moieties), phosphorylated, phosphonylated, sulfonylated, forms of a NH₂ group, as would be apparent to the skilled artisan in view of this disclosure.

As used herein, an optionally substituted SH group refers to without limitation alkylated, arylated, cycloalkylated, heterocyclylated, acylated, carboxylated (i.e., generating a carbonate, carbamate, a thiocarbonate, a thiacarbamate containing alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and/or heterocyclyl, and such other moieties), phosphorylated, phosphonylated, sulfonylated, forms of a —SH group, as would be apparent to the skilled artisan in view of this disclosure.

In some embodiments, L³ is a bond. In some embodiments, L³ is a linker having 2-8 chain atoms selected from C, N, O, S, and/or P, wherein the linker is optionally substituted e.g., and without limitation, as disclosed herein. In some embodiments, L³ is a linker. In some embodiments, L³ is an optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkylene. In some embodiments, L³ is —CH₂—. In some embodiments, L³ is an optionally substituted C₂-C₆ heteroalkylene. In some embodiments, L³ is an optionally substituted C₂-C₆ alkenylene. In some embodiments, L³ is an optionally substituted C₃-C₆ heteroalkenylene. In some embodiments, L³ is an optionally substituted C₂-C₆ alkynylene. In some embodiments, L³ is an optionally substituted C₃-C₆ heteroalkynylene. In some embodiments, L¹ is a linker optionally substituted with a C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl, preferably a cyclopropyl or a cyclobutyl. In some embodiments, the C₁-C₆ alkylene is optionally substituted with a C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl.

In some embodiments, L³ is selected from the group consisting of:

and optionally substituted versions thereof wherein 1-5, preferably, 1-3 hydrogen atoms are optionally substituted, preferred substituents including without limitation, C₁-C₆ alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 halo, such as fluoro, and/or C₁-C₆ alkoxy; optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkoxy; and halo, preferably fluoro, wherein the left side of the moieties are attached to L².

In some embodiments, L³ is:

In some embodiments, L³ is:

In some embodiments, L³ is:

In some embodiments, L³ is:

In some embodiments, L³ is:

In some embodiments, L³ is:

In one embodiment, the left side is attached to A.

In some embodiments, L³ is:

In some embodiments, L³ is:

In one embodiment, the left side is attached to A.

In some embodiments, the L³ is optionally substituted wherein 1-5 hydrogen atoms are optionally substituted. In some embodiments, L³ is an optionally substituted version thereof wherein 1-3 hydrogen atoms are optionally substituted. In some embodiments, substituents include without limitation C₁-C₆ alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 halo, such as fluoro. In some embodiments, substituents include without limitation C₁-C₆ alkyl optionally substituted with C₁-C₆ alkoxy. In some embodiments, substituents include without limitation an optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkoxy. In some embodiments, substituents include without limitation a halo. In some embodiments, substituents include a fluoro.

In some embodiments, when L³ is

then A is a hydantoin moiety as disclosed herein.

In some embodiments, when L³ is a bond, then A is a hydantoin moiety as disclosed herein.

As used herein, a hydantoin moiety refers to:

wherein R³⁰ is as defined above.

In some embodiments, a hydantoin moiety is:

In some embodiments, L³ is not:

In some embodiments, L³ is selected from the group consisting of:

and optionally substituted versions thereof wherein 1-5, preferably, 1-3 hydrogen atoms are optionally substituted, preferred substituents including without limitation, C₁-C₆ alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 halo, such as fluoro, and/or C₁-C₆ alkoxy; optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkoxy; and halo, preferably fluoro, wherein the left side of the moieties are attached to L².

In some embodiments, L³ is:

wherein the left side is attached to A.

In some less preferred embodiments, L³ is:

wherein the left side is attached to A.

In some embodiments, L³ is:

wherein the left side is attached to A.

In some embodiments, L³ is:

wherein the left side is attached to A.

In some embodiments, L³ is:

wherein the left side is attached to A.

In some embodiments, L³ is:

wherein the left side is attached to A.

In some embodiments, the L³ is optionally substituted, wherein 1-5 hydrogen atoms are optionally substituted. In some embodiments, L¹ is an optionally substituted version thereof wherein 1-3 hydrogen atoms are optionally substituted. In some embodiments, substituents include without limitation C₁-C₆ alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 halo, such as fluoro. In some embodiments, substituents include without limitation C₁-C₆ alkyl optionally substituted with C₁-C₆ alkoxy. In some embodiments, substituents include without limitation an optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkoxy. In some embodiments, substituents include without limitation a halo. In some embodiments, substituents include a fluoro.

In some embodiments, B is an optionally substituted 6-10 membered aryl. In some embodiments, B is an optionally substituted 5-15 membered heteroaryl. In some embodiments, B is an optionally substituted 4-15 membered heterocyclyl. In some embodiments, B is an optionally substituted 3-15 membered cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, if B is a 3-15 membered cycloalkyl, then B is at least a 4 membered cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, if B is a 3-15 membered cycloalkyl, then B is a 5-10 membered cycloalkyl.

In some embodiments, B is selected from the group consisting of:

wherein

each R⁶ independently is hydrogen, an optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkoxy, or halo;

each R⁷ independently is an optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl, an optionally substituted C₂-C₆ alkenyl, an optionally substituted C₂-C₆ alkynyl, an optionally substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C₃-C₁₀ heteroaryl, an optionally substituted C₃-C₁₀ heterocyclyl, or an optionally substituted C₆-C₁₀ aryl such as optionally substituted phenyl; or

R⁶ and R⁷ together with the atoms they are attached to form an optionally substituted 5-7 membered ring; or 2 R⁶ groups together with the atoms they are attached to form an optionally substituted 5-7 membered ring;

-   -   each R⁶¹ and R⁶² is independently N or CH, provided that at         least one of R⁶¹ and R⁶² is N,     -   each R⁶³ is independently NR⁹⁰, S, or O;     -   each R⁶⁴ is independently N or CH; and     -   each R⁹⁰ is independently hydrogen or R⁷,         and wherein one or more hydrogen atoms on the 5 and 6 membered         aryl or heteroaryl rings shown above can be further optionally         substituted.

In some embodiments, B is:

In some embodiments, B is:

In some embodiments, B is:

In some embodiments, B is:

In some embodiments, B is:

In some embodiments, B is:

In some embodiments, B is:

In some embodiments, B is:

In some embodiments, B is:

In some embodiments, B is:

In some embodiments, B is:

In some embodiments, B is:

In some embodiments, R⁶ is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R⁶ is an optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkoxy. In some embodiments, R⁶ is halo.

In some embodiments, R⁷ is an optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl. In some embodiments, R⁷ is an optionally substituted C₂-C₆ alkenyl. In some embodiments, R⁷ is an optionally substituted C₂-C₆ alkynyl. In some embodiments, R⁷ is an optionally substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R⁷ is an optionally substituted C₁-C₁₀ heteroaryl, in some embodiments, R⁷ is an optionally substituted C₃-C₁₀ heterocyclyl. In some embodiments, R⁷ is an optionally substituted C₆-C₁₀ aryl. In some embodiments, the optionally substituted C₆-C₁₀ aryl is an optionally substituted phenyl.

In some embodiments, R⁶ and R⁷ together with the atoms they are attached to form an optionally substituted 5-7 membered ring. In some embodiments, 2 R⁶ groups together with the atoms they are attached to form an optionally substituted 5-7 membered ring.

In some embodiments, one of R⁶¹ and R⁶² is N. In some embodiments, both the R⁶¹ and R⁶² are N.

In some embodiments, R⁶³ is NR⁹⁰. In some embodiments, R⁶³ is S. In some embodiments, R⁶³ is O.

In some embodiments, R⁶⁴ is N. In some embodiments, R⁶⁴ is CH.

In some embodiments, R⁹⁰ is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R⁹⁰ is R⁷.

In some embodiments, B is

wherein

each R¹-R³ independently is H, halo, an optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl, an optionally substituted 4-15 membered heterocyclyl, or —OR²⁰ or, if two of R¹-R³ are on adjacent carbon atoms, then two such substituents together with the atoms they are attached to form an optionally substituted 5-7 membered ring;

R²⁰ is (CH₂)_(w)—R²¹, an optionally substituted C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl, or an optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl;

R²¹ is an optionally substituted C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, an optionally substituted C₂-C₁₀ alkenyl, an optionally substituted C₂-C₁₀ alkynyl, an optionally substituted C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted 5-15 membered heteroaryl, an optionally substituted 4-15 membered heterocyclyl, or

wherein each R²²-R²⁴ independently is an optionally substituted C₁-C₃ alkyl or hydroxy or two of R²²-R²⁴ together with the carbon atoms they are attached to form a 3-7 membered, preferably a 3-5 membered, or a 5-7 membered ring; and

w is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5.

In some embodiments, R¹ is H. In some embodiments, R¹ is halo. In some embodiments, R¹ is an optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is H. In some embodiments, R¹ is an optionally substituted 4-15 membered heterocyclyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is —OR²⁰.

In some embodiments, R² is H. In some embodiments, R² is halo. In some embodiments, R² is an optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl. In some embodiments, R² is H. In some embodiments, R² is an optionally substituted 4-15 membered heterocyclyl. In some embodiments, R² is —OR²⁰.

In some embodiments, R³ is H. In some embodiments, R³ is halo. In some embodiments, R³ is an optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl. In some embodiments, R³ is H. In some embodiments, R³ is an optionally substituted 4-15 membered heterocyclyl. In some embodiments, R³ is —OR²⁰.

In some embodiments, if two of R¹-R³ are on adjacent carbon atoms, then two such substituents together with the atoms they are attached to form an optionally substituted 5-7 membered ring.

In some embodiments, R²⁰ is (CH₂)_(w)—R²¹. In some embodiments, R²⁰ is an optionally substituted C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R²⁰ is an optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl. In some embodiments, R²⁰ is an C₁-C₆ alkyl. In some embodiments, R²⁰ is an C₁-C₆ alkyl substituted with 1-3 fluoro. In some embodiments, R²⁰ is an C₁-C₆ alkyl substituted with 1-2, preferably, a single hydroxy.

In some embodiments, w is 1. In some embodiments, w is 2. In some embodiments, w is 3. In some embodiments, w is 4. In some embodiments, w is 5.

In some embodiments, R²¹ is a C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R²¹ is a C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl substituted with 1-3, preferably 1-2 substituents. In some embodiments, R²¹ is a cyclopropyl. In some embodiments, R²¹ is a cyclopropyl substituted with 1-3, preferably 1-2 substituents. In some embodiments, R²¹ is a cyclobutyl. In some embodiments, R²¹ is a cyclobutyl substituted with 1-3, preferably 1-2 substituents. In some embodiments, R²¹ is a cyclopentyl. In some embodiments, R²¹ is a cyclopentyl substituted with 1-3, preferably 1-2 substituents. In some embodiments, R²¹ is an optionally substituted C₁-C₁₀ alkyl. In some embodiments, R²¹ is an optionally substituted C₂-C₁₀ alkenyl. In some embodiments, R²¹ is an optionally substituted C₂-C₁₀ alkynyl. In some embodiments, R²¹ is an optionally substituted 4-15 membered heterocyclyl.

In some embodiments, R²¹ is

In some embodiments, R²² is an optionally substituted C₁-C₃ alkyl. In some embodiments, R²² is hydroxy. In some embodiments, R²² is H.

In some embodiments, R²³ is an optionally substituted C₁-C₃ alkyl. In some embodiments, R²³ is hydroxy.

In some embodiments, R²⁴ is an optionally substituted C₁-C₃ alkyl. In some embodiments, R²⁴ is hydroxy.

In some embodiments, two of R²²-R²⁴ together with the carbon atoms they are attached to form a 3-7 membered ring. In some embodiments, two of R²²-R²⁴ together with the carbon atoms they are attached to form a 5-7 membered ring. In some embodiments, the ring is optionally substituted cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, the ring is optionally substituted heterocyclyl.

In some embodiments, B is

wherein

R¹, R², and R³ are as defined above; or

R¹ and R² together with the atoms they are attached to form an optionally substituted 5-7 membered ring; or

R² and R³ together with the atoms they are attached to form an optionally substituted 5-7 membered ring.

In some embodiments, R¹ and R² together with the atoms they are attached to form an optionally substituted 5-7 membered ring. In some embodiments, R² and R³ together with the atoms they are attached to form an optionally substituted 5-7 membered ring.

In some embodiments, wherein R¹ is H.

In some embodiments, R² is F. In some embodiments, R² is H.

In some embodiments, R³ is H. In some embodiments, R³ is —OR²⁰, wherein R²⁰ is as defined above.

In some embodiments, B is:

and wherein R²⁰ is as defined above.

In some embodiments, provided herein is a compound wherein A is

Y¹ is H or C₁-C₃ alkyl;

L¹ is an optionally substituted C₃-C₁₀ alkylene, further wherein at least two geminal hydrogens are optionally substituted with cyclopropano or cyclobutano; optionally substituted C₃-C₁₀ alkenylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₁₀ heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₁₀ heteroalkenylene, or -L¹¹-L¹²-L¹³-, wherein L¹¹ is attached to A and L¹¹ is O, S, NR, C₁-C₂ alkylene, C₂ alkenylene, C₂ heteroalkylene, C₃ heteroalkenylene, L¹² is arylene or heteroarylene, L¹³ is a bond or an optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkylene, and R is H or C₁-C₃ alkyl;

L² is —S(O)₂NH—, wherein the sulfur is attached to L¹ or —NHS(O)₂—, wherein the nitrogen is attached to L¹;

L³ is a bond or an optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkylene;

B is

each R¹-R³ independently is H, F, Cl, C₁-C₃ alkyl, or —OR²⁰; or

R¹ and R² together with the atoms they are attached to form an optionally substituted 5-7 membered ring; or

R² and R³ together with the atoms they are attached to form an optionally substituted 5-7 membered ring;

R²⁰ is CH₂—R²¹; methyl optionally substituted with 2 or 3 fluorine atoms; C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl; or C₁-C₆ alkyl;

R²¹ is an optionally substituted C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl; an optionally substituted C₆-C₁₀ aryl; an optionally substituted 5-15 membered heteroaryl; an optionally substituted 4-15 membered heterocyclyl; C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, preferably branched C₃-C₁₀ alkyl optionally substituted with one or more hydroxy or fluoro; C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl; or

wherein each R²²-R²⁴ independently is an optionally substituted C₁-C₃ alkyl or hydroxy; or

two of R²²-R²⁴ together with the atoms they are attached to form an optionally substituted 3-7 membered ring.

In some embodiments, Y¹ is H. In some embodiments, Y¹ is C₁-C₃ alkyl.

In some embodiments, L¹ is an optionally substituted C₃-C₁₀ alkylene, further wherein at least two geminal hydrogens are optionally substituted with cyclopropano or cyclobutano. In some embodiments, L¹ is an optionally substituted C₃-C₁₀ alkenylene. In some embodiments, L¹ is optionally substituted C₃-C₁₀ heteroalkylene. In some embodiments, L¹ is optionally substituted C₃-C₁₀ heteroalkenylene.

In some embodiments, L¹ is -L¹¹-L¹²-L¹³-, wherein is attached to A. In some embodiments, L¹¹ is O. In some embodiments, L¹¹ is S. In some embodiments, L¹¹ is C₁-C₂ alkylene. In some embodiments, L¹¹ is C₂ alkenylene. In some embodiments, L¹¹ is C₂ heteroalkylene. In some embodiments, L¹¹ is C₃ heteroalkenylene.

In some embodiments, L¹¹ is NR. In some embodiments, R is H. In some embodiments, R is C₁-C₃ alkyl.

In some embodiments, L¹² is arylene. In some embodiments, L¹² is heteroarylene.

In some embodiments, L¹³ is a bond. In some embodiments, L¹³ is an optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkylene.

In some embodiments, L² is —S(O)₂NH—, wherein the sulfur is attached to L¹ or —NHS(O)₂—, wherein the nitrogen is attached to L¹.

In some embodiments, L³ is a bond. In some embodiments, L³ is an optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkylene.

In some embodiments, R¹ is H. In some embodiments, R¹ is F. In some embodiments, R¹ is Cl. In some embodiments, R¹ is C₁-C₃ alkyl. In some embodiments. R¹ is —OR²⁰.

In some embodiments, R² is H. In some embodiments, R² is F. In some embodiments, R² is Cl. In some embodiments, R² is C₁-C₃ alkyl. In some embodiments, R² is —OR²⁰.

In some embodiments, R³ is H. In some embodiments, R³ is F. In some embodiments, R³ is Cl. In some embodiments, R³ is C₁-C₃ alkyl. In some embodiments, R³ is —OR²⁰.

In some embodiments, R¹ and R² together with the atoms they are attached to form an optionally substituted 5-7 membered ring. In some embodiments, R² and R³ together with the atoms they are attached to form an optionally substituted 5-7 membered ring.

In some embodiments, R²⁰ is CH₂—R²¹. In some embodiments, R²⁰ is a methyl optionally substituted with 2 or 3 fluorine atoms. In some embodiments, R²⁰ is C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R²⁰ is C₁-C₆ alkyl.

In some embodiments, R²¹ is C₁-C₁₀ alkyl. In some embodiments, R²¹ is a branched C₃-C₁₀ alkyl optionally substituted with one or more hydroxy or fluoro. In some embodiments, R²¹ is C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl.

In some embodiments, R²¹ is

In some embodiments, R²² is an optionally substituted C₁-C₃ alkyl. In some embodiments, R²² is hydroxy.

In some embodiments, R²³ is an optionally substituted C₁-C₃ alkyl. In some embodiments, R²³ is hydroxy.

In some embodiments, R²⁴ is an optionally substituted C₁-C₃ alkyl. In some embodiments, R²⁴ is hydroxy.

In some embodiments, two of R²²-R²⁴ together with the atoms they are attached to form an optionally substituted 5-7 membered ring.

In some embodiments, B is selected from the group consisting of:

In some embodiments, the alkoxy group is further substituted wherein 1-5, preferably, 1-3 hydrogen atoms are substituted, preferred substituents including without limitation, C₁-C₆ alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 halo, such as fluoro, and/or C₁-C₆ alkoxy; optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkoxy; and halo, preferably fluoro. In some embodiments, substituents include without limitation C₁-C₆ alkyl substituted with 1-3 halo, such as fluoro. In some embodiments, substituents include without limitation C₁-C₆ alkyl optionally substituted with C₁-C₆ alkoxy. In some embodiments, substituents include without limitation a substituted C₁-C₆ alkoxy. In some embodiments, substituents include without limitation one or more halo. In some embodiments, substituents include one or more fluoro. In some embodiments, the ring moiety such as the cyclopropyl group is further substituted with 1-3 halo, preferably 1-2 halo. In some embodiments, the ring moiety, such as the cyclopropyl group, is further substituted with 1-2 halo. In some embodiments, the methylene group between the oxygen atom and the ring moiety, such as the cyclopropyl group, is substituted with 1-2 C₁-C₆ alkyl, preferably methyl, ethyl, or propyl groups. In some embodiments, the methylene group is substituted with methyl groups. In some embodiments, the methylene group is substituted with ethyl groups. In some embodiments, the methylene group is substituted with propyl groups. In some embodiments, R⁷⁰ is an optionally substituted C₁-C₁₀ alkyl.

In some embodiments, the alkoxy group is further optionally substituted wherein 1-5 hydrogen atoms are optionally substituted. In some embodiments, substituents include without limitation C₁-C₆ alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 halo, such as fluoro. In some embodiments, substituents include without limitation C₁-C₆ alkyl optionally substituted with C₁-C₆ alkoxy. In some embodiments, substituents include without limitation an optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkoxy. In some embodiments, substituents include without limitation a halo. In some embodiments, substituents include a fluoro.

In some embodiments, the ring moiety such as the cyclopropyl group is further optionally substituted with 1-3 halo. In some embodiments, the ring moiety, such as the cyclopropyl group, is further optionally substituted with 1-2 halo.

In some embodiments, the methylene group between the oxygen atom and the ring moiety, such as the cyclopropyl group, is optionally substituted with 1-2 C₁-C₆ alkyl. In some embodiments, the methylene group is optionally substituted with methyl groups. In some embodiments, the methylene group is optionally substituted with ethyl groups. In some embodiments, the methylene group is optionally substituted with propyl groups.

In some embodiments, B is:

In one embodiment, provided herein is a compound of formula (I):

or a tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of each thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate of each of the foregoing, wherein

A is:

Y¹ is or C₁-C₃ alkyl;

L¹ is an optionally substituted C₃-C₁₀ alkylene, further wherein at least two geminal hydrogens are optionally substituted with cyclopropano or cyclobutano; optionally substituted C₃-C₁₀ alkenylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₁₀ heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₁₀ heteroalkenylene, or -L¹¹-L¹²-L¹³-; wherein L¹¹ is attached to A and L¹¹ is O, S, NR, C₁-C₂ alkylene, C₂ alkenylene, C₂ heteroalkylene, C₃ heteroalkenylene; L¹² is arylene or heteroarylene; L¹³ is a bond or an optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkylene; and R is H or C₁-C₃ alkyl;

L² is —S(O)₂NH—, wherein the sulfur is attached to L¹ or —NHS(O)₂—, wherein the nitrogen is attached to L¹;

L³ is a bond or an optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkylene, preferably

more preferably:

B is:

each R¹-R³ independently is H, F, Cl, C₁-C₃ alkyl, or OR²⁰;

R²⁰ is CH₂—R²¹; methyl optionally substituted with 2 or 3 fluorine atoms; C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl; or C₁-C₆ alkyl;

R²¹ is an optionally substituted C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl; an optionally substituted C₆-C₁₀ aryl; an optionally substituted 5-15 membered heteroaryl; an optionally substituted 4-15 membered heterocyclyl; C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, preferably branched C₃-C₁₀ alkyl, more preferably isopropyl or t-butyl, optionally substituted with one or more hydroxy or fluoro; C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl, preferably cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl; or

wherein each R²²-R²⁴ independently is an optionally substituted C₁-C₃ alkyl or hydroxyl, or

two of R²²-R²⁴ together with the atoms they are attached to form an optionally substituted 3-7 membered ring.

In some embodiments, the compound of formula (I) is not

This disclosure also provides a tautotomer, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound as disclosed herein.

This disclosure also provides a stereochemically pure enantiomer of a compound as described herein, its tautotomer, diastereoisomer or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt. Methods to purify and identify the pure enantiomer are known in the art and described herein.

In another aspect, compositions comprising one or more of the above-noted compounds and a carrier are provided herein. In one embodiment, the composition is a pharmaceutical composition and therefore further comprise at least a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. The compositions are formulated for various delivery modes, e.g., systemic (oral) or local.

In another aspect, this disclosure provides compositions comprising one or more compounds as provided herein and a dUTPase-directed chemotherapy and a carrier, such as a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The compound and chemotherapy can be in varying amounts, and in one aspect, each in an effective amount when used in combination, provides a therapeutic benefit as described herein. The compositions are formulated for various delivery modes, e.g., systemic (oral) or local.

In one aspect, provided is a composition comprising a compound provided herein and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient or carrier.

In another aspect, methods are provided for inhibiting deoxyuridine triphosphatase (dUTPase) comprising contacting the dUTPase with a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or a composition provided herein. In another aspect, the method further comprises contacting the dUTPase with a dUTPase-directed chemotherapy alone or in combination with the compound as provided herein. The contacting can be in vitro, in vivo, simultaneous or concurrent. In a further aspect the dUTPase-directed chemotherapy is contacted prior to the compound or composition as described herein. In another aspect, the dUTPase-directed chemotherapy is contacted subsequent to the compound or composition. In a yet further aspect, the compound or composition and the dUTPase-directed chemotherapy are sequentially administered through several rounds of therapy. The contacting can be simultaneous or concurrent and/or in vitro (cell free), ex vivo or in vivo. In a further aspect, the compounds or compositions of this disclosure are administered to a patient identified or selected for the therapy by detaining that the patient has a tumor or mass that over expresses dUTPase. Methods to identify such patients are known in the art and incorporated herein. The methods when administered to a subject such as a human patient, can be first line, second line, third line, fourth line or further therapy.

Also provided is a method for reversing resistance to a dUTPase-directed chemotherapy comprising contacting a cell overexpressing dUTPase with a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or a composition provided herein, alone or in combination with a dUTPase-directed chemotherapy. In one aspect, the cell is first identified as overexpressing dUTPase by a screen as disclosed by U.S. Pat. No. 5,962,246. In another aspect, the method further comprises subsequently contacting the cell expressing dUTPase with a dUTPase-directed chemotherapy. The methods can be administered as second line, third line, fourth line or further therapy.

Further provided is a method for enhancing the efficacy of a dUTPase-directed chemotherapy comprising contacting a cell, e.g., in one aspect a cell over expressing dUTPase, with a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or a composition provided herein. In another aspect, the method further comprises contacting the cell with a dUTPase-directed chemotherapy. The contacting can be simultaneous or concurrent and/or in vitro (cell free vivo or in vivo. In a further aspect, the dUTPase-directed chemotherapy is contacted prior to the compound or composition as described herein, or vice versa. The methods when administered to a subject such as a human patient, can be first line, second line, third line, fourth line or further therapy.

In another aspect, provided herein is a method of treating a disease associated with the dUTPase pathway, e.g., cancer, viral infection, bacterial infection, or an autoimmune disorder, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of the compound provided herein or a composition provided herein in combination with an agent which is suitable for treating the disease, thereby treating the disease. The administration of the compound of this invention and the agent that is suitable for the disease (e.g., a dUTPase inhibitor) can be simultaneous or concurrent and/or in vitro (cell free), ex vivo or in vivo. In a further aspect the agent that is suitable for treating the disease is administered prior to the compound or composition as described herein, or vice versa. In one aspect, the patient being treated is selected for the therapy by screening a cell or tissue sample isolated from the patient for over expression of dUTPase. The therapy is then administered to this patient after the screen, and the patient has been selected for therapy.

In another aspect, provided herein is a method of inhibiting the growth of a cancer cell comprising contacting the cell with a therapeutically effective amount of the compounds or compositions as disclosed herein and an effective amount of a dUTPase directed therapeutic, thereby inhibiting the growth of the cancer cell.

In another aspect, provided herein is a kit comprising a compound provided herein or a composition provided herein. The kit can further comprise one more of a dUTPase inhibitor (e.g., an antitumor agent) and instructions for administering the agent. Yet further provided in the kit are reagents and instructions to screen for dUTPase expression.

In each of the above embodiments, a non-limiting example of the dUTPase mediated chemotherapy comprises a TS-inhibitor, e.g., 5-FU or 5-FU containing therapy such as 5-FU based adjuvant therapy and chemical equivalents thereof.

In one aspect, provided is a method of one or more of inhibiting dUTPase or enhancing the efficacy of a dUTPase directed therapy comprising contacting the dUTPase with a therapeutically effective amount of the compound or composition provided herein.

In one aspect, provided is a method of reversing resistance to a dUTPase-directed therapy comprising contacting the dUTPase with a therapeutically effective amount of the compound or composition provided herein.

In one aspect, provided is a method of treating a disease whose treatment is impeded by the expression or over expression of dUTPase, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of the compound or composition provided herein.

In one aspect, provided is a method of inhibiting the growth of a cancer cell comprising contacting the cell with a therapeutically effective amount of the compound or composition provided herein and a therapeutically effective amount of a dUTPase directed therapeutic, thereby inhibiting the growth of the cancer cell.

In some embodiments, the cancer cell is selected from a colon cancer cell, a colorectal cancer cell, a gastric cancer cell, a head and neck cancer cell, a breast cancer cell, a lung cancer cell or a blood cell.

In one aspect, provided is a method of treating a disease in a patient whose treatment is impeded by the expression or overexpression of dUTPase, comprising: a) screening a cell or tissue sample from the patient; b) determining the expression level of dUTPase in the sample; and c) administering to a patient whose sample shows over expression of dUTPase, a therapeutically effective amount of the compound or composition provided herein.

In some embodiments, the disease is cancer. In some embodiments, the cancer is selected from the group consisting of colon cancer, colorectal cancer, gastric cancer, esophageal cancer, head and neck cancer, breast cancer, lung cancer, stomach cancer, liver cancer, gall bladder cancer, or pancreatic cancer or leukemia.

In one aspect, provided is a kit comprising a compound or composition provided herein and instructions for use in a diagnostic or therapeutic method as described herein.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION Definitions

Throughout this disclosure, various publications, patents and published patent specifications are referenced by an identifying citation. The disclosures of these publications, patents and published patent specifications are hereby incorporated by reference into the present disclosure in their entirety to more fully describe the state of the art to which this invention pertains.

The practice of the present technology will employ, unless otherwise indicated, conventional techniques of organic chemistry, pharmacology, immunology, molecular biology, microbiology, cell biology and recombinant DNA, which are within the skill of the art. See, e.g., Sambrook, Fritsch and Maniatis, Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2^(nd) edition (1989); Current Protocols In Molecular Biology (F. M. Ausubel, et al. eds., (1987)); the series Methods in Enzymology (Academic Press. Inc.): PCR 2: A Practical Approach (M. J. MacPherson, B. D. Flames and G. R. Taylor eds. (1995)), Harlow and Lane, eds. (1988) Antibodies, a Laboratory Manual, and Animal Cell Culture (R. I. Freshney, ed. (1987)).

As used in the specification and claims, the singular form “a,” “an” and “the” include plural references unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. For example, the term “a cell” includes a plurality of cells, including mixtures thereof.

As used herein, the term “comprising” is intended to mean that the compounds, compositions and methods include the recited elements, but not exclude others. “Consisting essentially of” when used to define compounds, compositions and methods, shall mean excluding other elements of any essential significance to the combination. Thus, a composition consisting essentially of the elements as defined herein would not exclude trace contaminants, e.g., from the isolation and purification method and pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, preservatives, and the like. “Consisting of” shall mean excluding more than trace elements of other ingredients. Embodiments defined by each of these transition terms are within the scope of this technology.

All numerical designations, e.g., pH, temperature, time, concentration, and molecular weight, including ranges, are approximations which are varied (+) or (−) by increments of 1, 5, or 10%. It is to be understood, although not always explicitly stated that all numerical designations are preceded by the term “about.” It also is to be understood, although not always explicitly stated, that the reagents described herein are merely exemplary and that equivalents of such are known in the art.

“Alkyl” refers to monovalent saturated aliphatic hydrocarbyl groups having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms and preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms. This term includes, by way of example, linear and branched hydrocarbyl groups such as methyl (CH₃—), ethyl (CH₃CH₂—), n-propyl (CH₃CH₂CH₂—), isopropyl ((CH₃)₂CH—), n-butyl (CH₃CH₂CH₂CH₂—), isobutyl ((CH₃)₂CHCH₂—), sec-butyl ((CH₃)(CH₃CH₂)CH—), t-butyl ((CH₃)₃C—), n-pentyl (CH₃CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—), and neopentyl ((CH₃)₃CCH₂—).

“Alkenyl” refers to monovalent straight or branched hydrocarbyl groups having from 2 to 10 carbon atoms and preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms or preferably 2 to 4 carbon atoms and having at least 1 and preferably from 1 to 2 sites of vinyl (>C═C<) unsaturation. Such groups are exemplified, for example, by vinyl, allyl, and but-3-en-1-yl. Included within this term are the cis and trans isomers or mixtures of these isomers.

“Alkynyl” refers to straight or brandied monovalent hydrocarbyl groups having from 2 to 10 carbon atoms and preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms or preferably 2 to 3 carbon atoms and having at least 1 and preferably from 1 to 2 sites of acetylenic (—C≡C—) unsaturation. Examples of such alkynyl groups include acetylenyl (—C≡CH), and propargyl (—CH₂C≡CH).

“Substituted alkyl” refers to an alkyl group having from 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3, or more preferably 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminocarbonyl, aminothiocarbonyl, aminocarbonylamino, aminothiocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyloxy, aminosulfonyl, aminosulfonyloxy, aminosulfonylamino, amidino, aryl, substituted aryl, aryloxy, substituted aryloxy, arylthio, substituted arylthio, carboxyl, carboxyl ester, (carboxyl ester)amino, (carboxyl ester)oxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, substituted cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylthio, substituted cycloalkylthio, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, cycloalkenyloxy, substituted cycloalkenyloxy, cycloalkenylthio, substituted cycloalkenylthio, guanidine, substituted guanidino, halo, hydroxy, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, substituted heteroaryloxy, heteroarylthio, substituted heteroarylthio, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, heterocyclyloxy, substituted heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylthio, substituted heterocyclylthio, nitro, SO₃H, substituted sulfonyl, substituted sulfonyloxy, thioacyl, thiol, alkylthio, and substituted alkylthio, wherein said substituents are as defined herein.

“Heteroalkyl” refers to an alkyl group one or more carbons is replaced with —O—, —S—, SO₂, a P containing moiety as provided herein, —NR^(Q)—,

moieties where R^(Q) is H or C₁-C₆ alkyl. Substituted heteroalkyl refers to a heteroalkyl group having from 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3, or more preferably 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminocarbonyl, aminothiocarbonyl, aminocarbonylamino, aminothiocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyloxy, aminosulfonyl, aminosulfonyloxy, aminosulfonylamino, amidino, aryl, substituted aryl, aryloxy, substituted aryloxy, arylthio, substituted arylthio, carboxyl, carboxyl ester, (carboxyl ester)amino, (carboxyl ester)oxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, substituted cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylthio, substituted cycloalkylthio, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, cycloalkenyloxy, substituted cycloalkenyloxy, cycloalkenylthio, substituted cycloalkenylthio, guanidino, substituted guanidino, halo, hydroxy, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, substituted heteroaryloxy, heteroarylthio, substituted heteroarylthio, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, heterocyclyloxy, substituted heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylthio, substituted heterocyclylthio, nitro, SO₃H, substituted sulfonyl, substituted sulfonyloxy, thioacyl, thiol, alkylthio, and substituted alkylthio, wherein said substituents are as defined herein.

“Substituted alkenyl” refers to alkenyl groups having from 1 to 3 substituents, and preferably 1 to 2 substituents, selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminocarbonyl, aminothiocarbonyl, aminocarbonylamino, aminothiocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyloxy, aminosulfonyl, aminosulfonyloxy, aminosulfonylamino, amidino, aryl, substituted aryl, aryloxy, substituted aryloxy, arylthio, substituted arylthio, carboxyl, carboxyl ester, (carboxyl ester)amino, (carboxyl ester)oxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, substituted cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylthio, substituted cycloalkylthio, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, cycloalkenyloxy, substituted cycloalkenyloxy, cycloalkenylthio, substituted cycloalkenylthio, guanidino, substituted guanidino, halo, hydroxyl, substituted heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, substituted heteroaryloxy, heteroarylthio, substituted heteroarylthio, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, heterocyclyloxy, substituted heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylthio, substituted heterocyclylthio, nitro, SO₃H, substituted sulfonyl, substituted sulfonyloxy, thioacyl, thiol, alkylthio, and substituted alkylthio, wherein said substituents are as defined herein and with the proviso that any hydroxyl or thiol substitution is not attached to a vinyl (unsaturated) carbon atom.

“Heteroalkenyl” refers to an alkenyl group one or more carbons is replaced with —O—, —S—, SO₂, a P containing moiety as provided herein, —NR^(Q)—,

moieties where R^(Q) is H or C₁-C₆ alkyl. Substituted heteroalkenyl refers to a heteroalkenyl group having from 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3, or more preferably 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminocarbonyl, aminothiocarbonyl, aminocarbonylamino, aminothiocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyloxy, aminosulfonyl, aminosulfonyloxy, aminosulfonylamino, amidino, aryl, substituted aryl, aryloxy, substituted aryloxy, arylthio, substituted arylthio, carboxyl, carboxyl ester, (carboxyl ester)amino, (carboxyl ester)oxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, substituted cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylthio, substituted cycloalkylthio, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, cycloalkenyloxy, substituted cycloalkenyloxy, cycloalkenylthio, substituted cycloalkenylthio, guanidino, substituted guanidino, halo, hydroxy, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, substituted heteroaryloxy, heteroarylthio, substituted heteroarylthio, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, heterocyclyloxy, substituted heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylthio, substituted heterocyclylthio, nitro, SO₃H, substituted sulfonyl, substituted sulfonyloxy, thioacyl, thiol, alkylthio, and substituted alkylthio, wherein said substituents are as defined herein.

“Substituted alkynyl” refers to alkynyl groups having from 1 to 3 substituents, and preferably 1 to 2 substituents, selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminocarbonyl, aminothiocarbonyl, aminocarbonylamino, aminothiocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyloxy, aminosulfonyl, aminosulfonyloxy, aminosulfonylamino, amidino, aryl, substituted aryl, aryloxy, substituted aryloxy, arylthio, substituted arylthio, carboxyl, carboxyl ester, (carboxyl ester)amino, (carboxyl ester)oxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy substituted cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylthio, substituted cycloalkylthio, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, cycloalkenyloxy, substituted cycloalkenyloxy, cycloalkenylthio, substituted cycloalkenylthio, guanidino, substituted guanidino, halo, hydroxy, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, substituted heteroaryloxy, heteroarylthio, substituted heteroarylthio, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, heterocyclyloxy, substituted heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylthio, substituted heterocyclylthio, nitro, SO₃H, substituted sulfonyl, substituted sulfonyloxy, thioacyl, thiol, alkylthio, and substituted alkylthio, wherein said substituents are as defined herein and with the proviso that any hydroxyl or thiol substitution is not attached to an acetylenic carbon atom.

“Heteroalkynyl” refers to an alkynyl group one or more carbons is replaced with —O—, —S—, SO₂, a P containing moiety as provided herein, —NR^(Q)—,

moieties where R^(Q) is H or C₁-C₆ alkyl. Substituted heteroalkynyl refers to a heteroalkynyl group having from 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3, or more preferably 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminocarbonyl, aminothiocarbonyl, aminocarbonylamino aminothiocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyloxy, aminosulfonyl, aminosulfonyloxy, aminosulfonylamino, amidino, aryl, substituted aryl, aryloxy, substituted aryloxy, arylthio, substituted arylthio, carboxyl, carboxyl ester, (carboxyl ester)amino, (carboxyl ester)oxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, substituted cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylthio, substituted cycloalkylthio, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, cycloalkenyloxy, substituted cycloalkenyloxy, cycloalkenylthio, substituted cycloalkenylthio, guanidino, substituted guanidino, halo, hydroxy, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, substituted heteroaryloxy, heteroarylthio, substituted heteroarylthio, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, heterocyclyloxy, substituted heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylthio, substituted heterocyclylthio, nitro, SO₃14, substituted sulfonyl, substituted sulfonyloxy, thioacyl, thiol, alkylthio, and substituted alkylthio, wherein said substituents are as defined herein.

“Alkylene” refers to divalent saturated aliphatic hydrocarbyl groups having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably having from 1 to 6 and more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms that are either straight-chained or branched. This term is exemplified by groups such as methylene (—CH₂—), ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—), n-propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—), iso-propylene (—CH₂CH(CH₃)— or —CH(CH₃)CH₂—), butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—), isobutylene (—CH₂CH(CH₃)CH₂—), sec-butylene (—CH₂CH₂(CH₃)CH—), and the like. Similarly, “alkenylene” and “alkynylene” refer to an alkylene moiety containing respective 1 or 2 carbon carbon double bonds or a carbon carbon triple bond.

“Substituted alkylene” refers to an alkylene group having from 1 to 3 hydrogens replaced with substituents selected from the group consisting of alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aryl, substituted aryl, aryloxy, substituted aryloxy, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, carboxyl, carboxyl ester, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, and oxo wherein said substituents are defined herein. In some embodiments, the alkylene has 1 to 2 of the aforementioned groups, or having from 1-3 carbon atoms replaced with —O—, —S—, or —NR^(Q)— moieties where R^(Q) is H or C₁-C₆ alkyl. It is to be noted that when the alkylene is substituted by an oxo group, 2 hydrogens attached to the same carbon of the alkylene group are replaced by “═O”. “Substituted alkenylene” and “substituted alkynylene” refer to alkenylene and substituted alkynylene moieties substituted with substituents as described for substituted alkylene.

“Alkynylene” refers to straight or branched divalent hydrocarbyl groups having from 2 to 10 carbon atoms and preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms or preferably 2 to 3 carbon atoms and having at least 1 and preferably from 1 to 2 sites of acetylenic unsaturation. Examples of such alkynylene groups include —C≡C— and —CH₂C≡C—.

“Substituted alkynylene” refers to alkynylene groups having from 1 to 3 substituents, and preferably 1 to 2 substituents, selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminocarbonyl, aminothiocarbonyl, aminocarbonylamino, aminothiocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyloxy, aminosulfonyl, aminosulfonyloxy, aminosulfonylamino, amidino, aryl, substituted aryl, aryloxy, substituted aryloxy, arylthio, substituted arylthio, carboxyl, carboxyl ester, (carboxyl ester)amino, (carboxyl ester)oxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, substituted cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylthio, substituted cycloalkylthio, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, cycloalkenyloxy, substituted cycloalkenyloxy, cycloalkenylthio, substituted cycloalkenylthio, guanidine, substituted guanidine, halo, hydroxy, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, substituted heteroaryloxy, heteroarylthio, substituted heteroarylthio, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, heterocyclyloxy, substituted heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylthio, substituted heterocyclylthio, nitro, SO₃H, substituted sulfonyl, substituted sulfonyloxy, thioacyl, thiol, alkylthio, and substituted alkylthio, wherein said substituents are as defined herein and with the proviso that any hydroxyl or thiol substitution is not attached to an acetylenic carbon atom.

“Heteroalkylene” refers to an alkylene group wherein one or more carbons is replaced with —O—, —S—, SO₂, a P containing moiety as provided herein, —NR^(Q)—,

moieties where R^(Q) is H or C₁-C₆ alkyl, “Substituted heteroalkylene” refers to heteroalkynylene groups having from 1 to 3 substituents, and preferably 1 to 2 substituents, selected from the substituents disclosed for substituted alkylene.

“Heteroalkenylene” refers to an alkenylene group wherein one or more carbons is replaced with —O—, —S—, SO₂, a P containing moiety as provided herein, —NR^(Q)—,

moieties where R^(Q) is H or C₁-C₆ alkyl. “Substituted heteroalkenylene” refers to heteroalkynylene groups having from 1 to 3 substituents, and preferably 1 to 2 substituents, selected from the substituents disclosed for substituted alkenylene.

“Heteroalkynylene” refers to an alkynylene group wherein one or more carbons is replaced with —O—, —S—, SO₂, a P containing moiety as provided herein, —NR^(Q)—,

moieties where R^(Q) is H or C₁-C₆ alkyl, “Substituted heteroalkynylene” refers to heteroalkynylene groups having from 1 to 3 substituents, and preferably 1 to 2 substituents, selected from the substituents disclosed for substituted alkynylene.

“Alkoxy” refers to the group —O-alkyl wherein alkyl is defined herein. Alkoxy includes, by way of example, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, t-butoxy, sec-butoxy, and n-pentoxy.

“Substituted alkoxy” refers to the group —O-(substituted alkyl) wherein substituted alkyl is defined herein.

“Acyl” refers to the groups H—C(O)—, alkyl-C(O)—, substituted alkyl-O(O)—, alkenyl-C(O)—, substituted alkenyl-C(O)—, alkynyl-C(O)—, substituted alkynyl-C(O)—, cycloalkyl-C(O)—, substituted cycloalkyl-C(O)—, cycloalkenyl-C(O)—, substituted cycloalkenyl-C(O)—, aryl-C(O)—, substituted aryl-C(O)—, heteroaryl-C(O)—, substituted heteroaryl-C(O)—, heterocyclic-C(O)—, and substituted heterocyclic-C(O)—, wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein. Acyl includes the “acetyl” group CH₃C(O)—.

“Acylamino” refers to the groups —NR⁴⁷C(O)alkyl, —NR⁴⁷C(O)substituted alkyl, —NR⁴⁷C(O)cycloalkyl, —NR⁴⁷C(O)substituted cycloalkyl, —NR⁴⁷C(O)cycloalkenyl, —NR¹⁷C(O)substituted cycloalkenyl, —NR⁴⁷C(O)alkenyl, —NR⁴⁷C(O)substituted alkenyl, —NR⁴⁷C(O)alkynyl, —NR⁴⁷C(O)substituted alkynyl, —NR⁴⁷C(O)aryl, —NR⁴⁷C(O)substituted aryl, —NR⁴⁷C(O)heteroaryl, —NR⁴⁷C(O)substituted heteroaryl, —NR⁴⁷C(O)heterocyclic, and —NR⁴⁷C(O)substituted heterocyclic wherein R⁴⁷ is hydrogen or alkyl and wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein.

“Acyloxy” refers to the groups alkyl-C(O)O—, substituted alkyl-C(O)O—, alkenyl-C(O)O—, substituted alkenyl-C(O)O—, alkynyl-C(O)O—, substituted alkynyl-C(O)O—, aryl-C(O)O—, substituted aryl-C(O)O—, cycloalkyl-C(O)O—, substituted cycloalkyl-C(O)O—, cycloalkenyl-C(O)O—, substituted cycloalkenyl-C(O)O—, heteroaryl-C(O)O—, substituted heteroaryl-C(O)O—, heterocyclic-C(O)O—, and substituted heterocyclic-C(O)O— wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein.

An animal, subject or patient for diagnosis or treatment refers to an animal such as a mammal, or a human, ovine, bovine, feline, canine, equine, simian, etc. Non-human animals subject to diagnosis or treatment include, for example, simians, murine, such as, rat, mice, canine, leporid, livestock, sport animals, and pets.

“Amino” refers to the group —NH₂.

“Substituted amino” refers to the group —NR⁴⁸R⁴⁹ where R⁴⁸ and R⁴⁹ are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, —SO₂-alkyl, —SO₂-substituted alkyl, —SO₂-alkenyl, —SO₂-substituted alkenyl, —SO₂-cycloalkyl, —SO₂-substituted cycloalkyl, —SO₂-cycloalkenyl, —SO₂-substituted cycloalkenyl, —SO₂-aryl, —SO₂-substituted aryl, —SO₂-heteroaryl, —SO₂-substituted heteroaryl, —SO₂-heterocyclic, and —SO₂-substituted heterocyclic and wherein R⁴⁸ and R⁴⁹ are optionally joined, together with the nitrogen bound thereto to form a heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic group, provided that R⁴⁸ and R⁴⁹ are both not hydrogen, and wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein. When R⁴⁸ is hydrogen and R⁴⁹ is alkyl, the substituted amino group is sometimes referred to herein as alkylamino. When R⁴⁸ and R⁴⁹ are alkyl, the substituted amino group is sometimes referred to herein as dialkylamino. When referring to a monosubstituted amino, it is meant that either R⁴⁸ or R⁴⁹ is hydrogen but not both. When referring to a disubstituted amino, it is meant that neither R⁴⁸ nor R⁴⁹ are hydrogen.

“Aminocarbonyl” refers to the group —C(O)NR⁵⁰R⁵¹ where R⁵⁰ and R⁵¹ are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic and where R⁵⁰ and R⁵¹ are optionally joined together with the nitrogen bound thereto to form a heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic group, and wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein.

“Aminothiocarbonyl” refers to the group —C(S)NR⁵⁰R⁵¹ where R⁵⁰ and R⁵¹ are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic and where R⁵⁰ and R⁵¹ are optionally joined together with the nitrogen bound thereto to form a heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic group, and wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein.

“Aminocarbonylamino” refers to the group —NR⁴⁷C(O)NR⁵⁰R⁵¹ where R⁴⁷ is hydrogen or alkyl and R⁵⁰ and R⁵¹ are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic, and where R⁵⁰ and R⁵¹ are optionally joined together with the nitrogen bound thereto to form a heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic group, and wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein.

“Aminothiocarbonylamino” refers to the group —NR⁴⁷C(S)NR⁵⁰R⁵¹ where R⁴⁷ is hydrogen or alkyl and R⁵⁰ and R⁵¹ are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic and where R⁵⁰ and R⁵¹ are optionally joined together with the nitrogen bound thereto to form a heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic group, and wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein.

“Aminocarbonyloxy” refers to the group —O—C(O)NR⁵⁰R⁵¹ where R⁵⁰ and R⁵¹ are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic and where R⁵⁰ and R⁵¹ are optionally joined together with the nitrogen bound thereto to form a heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic group, and wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein.

“Aminosulfonyl” refers to the group —SO₂NR⁵⁰R⁵¹ where R⁵⁰ and R⁵¹ are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic and where R⁵⁰ and R⁵¹ are optionally joined together with the nitrogen bound thereto to form a heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic group, and wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein.

“Aminosulfonyloxy” refers to the group —O—SO₂NR⁵⁰R⁵¹ where R⁵⁰ and R⁵¹ are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic and where R⁵⁰ and R⁵¹ are optionally joined together with the nitrogen bound thereto to form a heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic group, and wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein.

“Aminosulfonylamino” refers to the group —NR⁴⁷SO₂NR⁵⁰R⁵¹ where R⁴⁷ is hydrogen or alkyl and R⁵⁰ and R⁵¹ are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic and where R⁵⁰ and R⁵¹ are optionally joined together with the nitrogen bound thereto to form a heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic group, and wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein.

“Amidino” refers to the group —C(═NR⁵²)NR⁵⁰R⁵¹ where R⁵⁰R⁵¹, and R⁵² are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic and where R⁵⁰ and R⁵¹ are optionally joined together with the nitrogen bound thereto to form a heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic group, and wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein.

“Aryl” or “Ar” refers to a monovalent aromatic carbocyclic group of from 6 to 14 carbon atoms having a single ring (e.g., phenyl) or multiple condensed rings (e.g., naphthyl or anthryl) which condensed rings may or may not be aromatic (e.g., 2-benzoxazolinone, 2H-1,4-benzoxazin-3(4H)-one-7-yl, and the like) provided that the point of attachment is at an aromatic carbon atom. Preferred aryl groups include phenyl and naphthyl.

“Substituted aryl” refers to aryl groups which are substituted with 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3, or more preferably 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminocarbonyl, aminothiocarbonyl, aminocarbonylamino, aminothiocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyloxy, aminosulfonyl, aminosulfonyloxy, aminosulfonylamino, amidino, aryl, substituted aryl, aryloxy, substituted aryloxy, arylthio, substituted arylthio, carboxyl, carboxyl ester, (carboxyl ester)amino, (carboxyl ester)oxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy substituted cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylthio, substituted cycloalkylthio, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, cycloalkenyloxy, substituted cycloalkenyloxy, cycloalkenylthio, substituted cycloalkenylthio, guanidino, substituted guanidino, halo, hydroxy, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, substituted heteroaryloxy, heteroarylthio, substituted heteroarylthio, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, heterocyclyloxy, substituted heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylthio, substituted heterocyclylthio, nitro, SO₃H, substituted sulfonyl, substituted sulfonyloxy, thioacyl, thiol, alkylthio, and substituted alkylthio, wherein said substituents are as defined herein.

“Arylene” refers to a divalent aromatic carbocyclic group of from 6 to 14 carbon atoms having a single ring or multiple condensed rings. “Substituted arylene” refers to an arylene having from 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3, or more preferably 1 to 2 substituents as defined for aryl groups.

“Heteroarylene” refers to a divalent aromatic group of from 1 to 10 carbon atoms and 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur within the ring. “Substituted heteroarylene” refers to heteroarylene groups that are substituted with from 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3, or more preferably 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of the same group of substituents defined for substituted aryl.

“Aryloxy” refers to the group —O-aryl, where aryl is as defined herein, that includes, by way of example, phenoxy and naphthoxy.

“Substituted aryloxy” refers to the group —O-(substituted aryl) where substituted aryl is as defined herein.

“Arylthio” refers to the group —S-aryl, where aryl is as defined herein.

“Substituted arylthio” refers to the group —S-(substituted aryl), where substituted aryl is as defined herein.

“Carbonyl” refers to the divalent group —C(O)— which is equivalent to —C(═O)—.

“Carboxyl” or “carboxy” refers to —COOH or salts thereof.

“Carboxyl ester” or “carboxy ester” refers to the group —C(O)(O)-alkyl, —C(O)(O) substituted alkyl, —C(O)O-alkenyl, —C(O)(O)-substituted alkenyl, —C(O)(O)-alkynyl, —C(O)(O)-substituted alkynyl, —C(O)(O)-aryl, —C(O)(O)-substituted-aryl, —C(O)(O)-cycloalkyl, —C(O)(O)-substituted cycloalkyl, —C(O)(O)-cycloalkenyl, —C(O)(O)-substituted cycloalkenyl, —C(O)(O)-heteroaryl, —C(O)(O)-substituted heteroaryl, —C(O)(O)-heterocyclic, and —C(O)(O)-substituted heterocyclic wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein.

“(Carboxyl ester)amino refers to the group NR47C(O)(O)-alkyl, —NR47C(O)(O)-substituted alkyl, —NR47C(O)O-alkenyl, —NR47C(O)(O)-substituted alkenyl, —NR47C(O)(O)-alkynyl, —NR47C(O)(O)-substituted alkynyl, —NR47C(O)(O)-aryl, —NR47C(O)(O)-substituted-aryl, —NR47C(O)(O)-cycloalkyl, —NR47C(O)(O)-substituted cycloalkyl, —NR47C(O)(O)-cycloalkenyl, —NR47C(O)(O)-substituted cycloalkenyl, —NR47C(O)(O)-heteroaryl, —NR47C(O)(O)-substituted heteroaryl, —NR47C(O)(O)-heterocyclic, and —NR47C(O)(O)-substituted heterocyclic wherein R47 is alkyl or hydrogen, and wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein.

“(Carboxyl ester)oxy refers to the group —O—C(O)O-alkyl, —O—C(O)O-substituted alkyl, —O—C(O)O-alkenyl, —O—C(O)O-substituted alkenyl, —O—C(O)O-alkynyl, —O—C(O)(O)-substituted alkynyl, —O—C(O)O-aryl, —O—C(O)O-substituted-aryl, —O—C(O)O-cycloalkyl, —O—C(O)O-substituted cycloalkyl, —O—C(O)O-cycloalkenyl, —O—C(O)O-substituted cycloalkenyl, —O—C(O)O-heteroaryl, —O—C(O)O-substituted heteroaryl, —O—C(O)O-heterocyclic, and —O—C(O)O-substituted heterocyclic wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein.

A “composition” as used herein, refers to an active agent, such as a compound as disclosed herein and a carrier, inert or active. The carrier can be, without limitation, solid such as a bead or resin, or liquid, such as phosphate buffered saline.

Administration or treatment in “combination” refers to administering two agents such that their pharmacological effects are manifest at the same time. Combination does not require administration at the same time or substantially the same time, although combination can include such administrations.

“Cyano” refers to the group —CN.

“Cycloalkyl” refers to cyclic alkyl groups of from 3 to 10 carbon atoms having single or multiple cyclic rings including fused, bridged, and spiro ring systems. The fused ring can be an aryl ring provided that the non aryl part is joined to the rest of the molecule. Examples of suitable cycloalkyl groups include, for instance, adamantyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclooctyl.

“Cycloalkenyl” refers to non-aromatic cyclic alkyl groups of from 3 to 10 carbon atoms having single or multiple cyclic rings and having at least one >C═C< ring unsaturation and preferably from 1 to 2 sites of >C═C< ring unsaturation.

“Substituted cycloalkyl” and “substituted cycloalkenyl” refers to a cycloalkyl or cycloalkenyl group having from 1 to 5 or preferably 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of oxo, thioxo, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminocarbonyl, aminothiocarbonyl, aminocarbonylamino, aminothiocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyloxy, aminosulfonyl, aminosulfonyloxy, aminosulfonylamino, amidino, aryl, substituted aryl, aryloxy, substituted aryloxy, arylthio, substituted arylthio, carboxyl, carboxyl ester, (carboxyl ester)amino, (carboxyl ester)oxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, substituted cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylthio, substituted cycloalkylthio, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, cycloalkenyloxy, substituted cycloalkenyloxy, cycloalkenylthio, substituted cycloalkenylthio, guanidino, substituted guanidino, halo, hydroxy, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, substituted heteroaryloxy, heteroarylthio, substituted heteroarylthio, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, heterocyclyloxy, substituted heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylthio, substituted heterocyclylthio, nitro, SO₃H, substituted sulfonyl, substituted sulfonyloxy, thioacyl, alkylthio, and substituted alkylthio, wherein said substituents are as defined herein.

“Cyclopropano” refers to:

“Cyclobutano” refers to:

“Cycloalkyloxy” refers to —O-cycloalkyl.

“Substituted cycloalkyloxy refers to —O-(substituted cycloalkyl).

“Cycloalkylthio” refers to —S-cycloalkyl.

“Substituted cycloalkylthio” refers to —S-(substituted cycloalkyl).

“Cycloalkenyloxy” refers to —O-cycloalkenyl.

“Substituted cycloalkenyloxy” refers to —O-(substituted cycloalkenyl).

“Cycloalkenylthio” refers to —S-cycloalkenyl.

“Substituted cycloalkenylthio” refers to —S-(substituted cycloalkenyl).

“Guanidino” refers to the group —NHC(═NH)NH₂.

“Substituted guanidino” refers to —NR⁵³C(═NR⁵³)N(R⁵³)₂ where each R⁵³ is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic and two R⁵³ groups attached to a common guanidino nitrogen atom are optionally joined together with the nitrogen bound thereto to form a heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic group, provided that at least one R⁵³ is not hydrogen, and wherein said substituents are as defined herein.

“Halo” or “halogen” refers to fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo.

“Hydroxy” or “hydroxyl” refers to the group —OH.

“Heteroaryl” refers to an aromatic group of from 1 to 10 carbon atoms and 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur within the ring. Such heteroaryl groups can have a single ring (e.g., pyridinyl or furyl) or multiple condensed rings (e.g., indolizinyl or benzothienyl) wherein the condensed rings may or may not be aromatic and/or contain a heteroatom provided that the point of attachment is through an atom of the aromatic heteroaryl group. In one embodiment, the nitrogen and/or the sulfur ring atom(s) of the heteroaryl group are optionally oxidized to provide for the N-oxide (N→O), sulfinyl, or sulfonyl moieties, Certain non-limiting examples include pyridinyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, thiophenyl, oxazolyl, thizolyl, and furanyl.

“Substituted heteroaryl” refers to heteroaryl groups that are substituted with from 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3, or more preferably 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of the same group of substituents defined for substituted aryl.

“Heteroaryloxy” refers to —O-heteroaryl.

“Substituted heteroaryloxy” refers to the group —O-(substituted heteroaryl).

“Heteroarylthio” refers to the group —S-heteroaryl.

“Substituted heteroarylthio” refers to the group —S-(substituted heteroaryl).

“Heterocycle” or “heterocyclic” or “heterocycloalkyl” or “heterocyclyl” refers to a saturated or partially saturated, but not aromatic, group having from 1 to 10 ring carbon atoms and from 1 to 4 ring heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur, or oxygen. Heterocycle encompasses single ring or multiple condensed rings, including fused bridged and spiro ring systems. In fused ring systems, one or more the rings can be cycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl provided that the point of attachment is through a non-aromatic ring. In one embodiment, the nitrogen and/or sulfur atom(s) of the heterocyclic group are optionally oxidized to provide for the N-oxide, sulfinyl, or sulfonyl moieties.

“Substituted heterocyclic” or “substituted heterocycloalkyl” or “substituted heterocyclyl” refers to heterocyclyl groups that are substituted with from 1 to 5 or preferably 1 to 3 of the same substituents as defined for substituted cycloalkyl.

“Heterocyclyloxy” refers to the group —O-heterocycyl.

“Substituted heterocyclyloxy” refers to the group —O-(substituted heterocycyl).

“Heterocyclylthio” refers to the group —S-heterocycyl.

“Substituted heterocyclylthio” refers to the group —S-(substituted heterocycyl).

Examples of heterocycle and heteroaryls include, but are not limited to, azetidine, pyrrole, furan, thiophene, imidazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, indolizine, isoindole, indole, dihydroindole, indazole, purine, quinolizine, isoquinoline, quinoline, phthalazine, naphthylpyridine, quinoxaline, quinazoline, cinnoline, pteridine, carbazole, carboline, phenanthridine, acridine, phenanthroline, isothiazole, phenazine, isoxazole, phenoxazine, phenothiazine, imidazolidine, imidazoline, piperidine, piperazine, indoline, phthalimide, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline, 4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophene, thiazole, thiazolidine, thiophene, benzo[b]thiophene, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl (also referred to as thiamorpholinyl), 1,1-dioxothiomorpholinyl, piperidinyl pyrrolidine, and tetrahydrofuranyl.

“Nitro” refers to the group —NO₂.

“Oxo” refers to the atom (═O).

Phenylene refers to a divalent aryl ring, where the ring contains 6 carbon atoms.

Substituted phenylene refers to phenylenes which are substituted with 1 to 4, preferably 1 to 3, or more preferably 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminocarbonyl, aminothiocarbonyl, aminocarbonylamino, aminothiocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyloxy, aminosulfonyl, aminosulfonyloxy, aminosulfonylamino, amidino, aryl, substituted aryl, aryloxy, substituted aryloxy, arylthio, substituted arylthio, carboxyl, carboxyl ester, (carboxyl ester)amino, (carboxyl ester)oxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy substituted cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylthio, substituted cycloalkylthio, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, cycloalkenyloxy, substituted cycloalkenyloxy, cycloalkenylthio, substituted cycloalkenylthio, guanidine, substituted guanidine, halo, hydroxy, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, substituted heteroaryloxy, heteroarylthio, substituted heteroarylthio, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, heterocyclyloxy, substituted heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylthio, substituted heterocyclylthio, nitro, SO₃H, substituted sulfonyl, substituted sulfonyloxy, thioacyl, thiol, alkylthio, and substituted alkylthio, wherein said substituents are as defined herein.

“Spirocycloalkyl” and “spiro ring systems” refers to divalent cyclic groups from 3 to 10 carbon atoms having a cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl ring with a spiro union (the union formed by a single atom which is the only common member of the rings) as exemplified by the following structure:

“Sulfonyl” refers to the divalent group —S(O)₂—.

“Substituted sulfonyl” refers to the group —SO₂-alkyl, —SO₂-substituted alkyl, —SO₂-alkenyl, —SO₂-substituted alkenyl, —SO₂-cycloalkyl, —SO₂-substituted cycloalkyl, —SO₂-cycloalkenyl, —SO₂-substituted cycloalkenyl, —SO₂-aryl, —SO₂-substituted aryl, —SO₂-heteroaryl, —SO₂-substituted heteroaryl, —SO₂-heterocyclic, —SO₂-substituted heterocyclic, wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein. Substituted sulfonyl includes groups such as methyl-SO₂—, phenyl-SO₂—, and 4-methylphenyl-SO₂—.

“Substituted sulfonyloxy” refers to the group —OSO₂-alkyl, —OSO₂-substituted alkyl, —OSO₂-alkenyl, —OSO₂-substituted alkenyl, —OSO₂-cycloalkyl, —OSO₂-substituted cycloalkyl, —OSO₂-cycloalkenyl, —OSO₂-substituted cycloalkenyl, —OSO₂-aryl, —OSO₂-substituted aryl, —OSO₂-heteroaryl, —OSO₂-substituted heteroaryl, —OSO₂-heterocyclic, —OSO₂-substituted heterocyclic, wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted acyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein.

“Thioacyl” refers to the groups H—C(S)—, alkyl-C(S)—, substituted alkyl-C(S)—, alkenyl-C(S)—, substituted alkenyl-C(S)—, alkynyl-C(S)—, substituted alkynyl-C(S)—, cycloalkyl-C(S)—, substituted cycloalkyl-C(S)—, cycloalkenyl-C(S)—, substituted cycloalkenyl-C(S)—, aryl-C(S)—, substituted aryl-C(S)—, heteroaryl-C(S)—, substituted heteroaryl-C(S)—, heterocyclic-C(S)—, and substituted heterocyclic-C(S)—, wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein.

“Thiol” refers to the group —SH.

“Thiocarbonyl” refers to the divalent group —C(S)— which is equivalent to —C(═S)—.

“Thioxo” refers to the atom (═S).

“Alkylthio” refers to the group —S-alkyl wherein alkyl is as defined herein.

“Substituted alkylthio” refers to the group —S-(substituted alkyl) wherein substituted alkyl is as defined herein.

A substituted ring can be substituted with one or more fused and/or sprio cycles. Such fused cycles include a fused cycloalkyl, a fused heterocyclyl, a fused aryl, a fused heteroaryl ring, each of which rings can be unsubstituted or substituted. Such spiro cycles include a fused cycloalkyl and a fused heterocyclyl, each of which rings can be unsubstituted or substituted.

“Optionally substituted” refers to a group selected from that group and a substituted form of that group. Substituents are such as those defined hereinabove. In one embodiment, substituents are selected from C₁-C₁₀ or C₁-C₆ alkyl, substituted C₁-C₁₀ or C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₂-C₆ alkenyl, C₂-C₆ alkynyl, C₆-C₁₀ aryl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, C₂-C₁₀ heterocyclyl, C₁-C₁₀ heteroaryl, substituted C₂-C₆ alkenyl, substituted C₂-C₆ alkynyl, substituted C₆-C₁₀ aryl, substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, substituted C₂-C₁₀ heterocyclyl, substituted C₁-C₁₀ heteroaryl, halo, nitro, cyano, —CO₂H or a C₁-C₆ alkyl ester thereof.

Unless indicated otherwise, the nomenclature of substituents that are not explicitly defined herein are arrived at by naming the terminal portion of the functionality followed by the adjacent functionality toward the point of attachment. For example, the substituent “alkoxycarbonylalkyl” refers to the group (alkoxy)-C(O)-(alkyl)-.

It is understood that in all substituted groups defined above, polymers arrived at by defining substituents with further substituents to themselves (e.g., substituted aryl having a substituted aryl group as a substituent which is itself substituted with a substituted aryl group, etc.) are not intended for inclusion herein. In such cases, the maximum number of such substituents is three. That is to say that each of the above definitions is constrained by a limitation that, for example, substituted aryl groups are limited to—substituted aryl-(substituted aryl)-substituted aryl.

It is understood that the above definitions are not intended to include impermissible substitution patterns (e.g., methyl substituted with 5 fluoro groups). Such impermissible substitution patterns are well known to the skilled artisan.

“Tautomer” refer to alternate forms of a compound that differ in the position of a proton, such as enol-keto and imine-enamine tautomers, or the tautomeric forms of heteroaryl groups containing a ring atom attached to both a ring —NH— moiety and a ring ═N— moiety such as pyrazoles, imidazoles, benzimidazoles, triazoles, and tetrazoles.

“Uracil isostere” refers to an isostere of uracil and does not include uracil or any halouracil. Such a moiety provides some or all of the hydrogen bond acceptor-donor-acceptor property of uracil and optionally provides other structural characteristics of uracil. A skilled artisan will further appreciate the meaning of this term by reading the non limiting examples of such uracil isosteres provided herein.

As used herein, the term stereochemically pure denotes a compound which has 80% or greater by weight of the indicated stereoisomer and 20% or less by weight of other stereoisomers. In a further embodiment, the compound of Formula (I), (II), or (III) has 90% or greater by weight of the stated stereoisomer and 10% or less by weight of other stereoisomers. In a yet further embodiment, the compound of Formula (I), (II), or (III) has 95% or greater by weight of the stated stereoisomer and 5% or less by weight of other stereoisomers. In a still further embodiment, the compound of formula (I), (II), or (III) has 97% or greater by weight of the stated stereoisomer and 3% or less by weight of other stereoisomers.

“Pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to salts of a compound, which salts are suitable for pharmaceutical use and are derived from a variety of organic and inorganic counter ions well known in the art and include, when the compound contains an acidic functionality, by way of example only, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium, and tetraalkylammonium; and when the molecule contains a basic functionality, salts of organic or inorganic acids, such as hydrochloride, hydrobromide, tartrate, mesylate, acetate, maleate, and oxalate (see Stahl and Wermuth, eds., “Handbook of Pharmaceutically Acceptable Salts,” (2002), Verlag Helvetica Chimica Acta, Zürich, Switzerland), for a discussion of pharmaceutical salts, their selection, preparation, and use.

Generally, pharmaceutically acceptable salts are those salts that retain substantially one or more of the desired pharmacological activities of the parent compound and which are suitable for in vivo administration. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include acid addition salts formed with inorganic acids or organic acids. Inorganic acids suitable for forming pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts include, by way of example and not limitation, hydrohalide acids (e.g., hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydroiodic acid, etc.), sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like.

Organic acids suitable for forming pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts include, by way of example and not limitation, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, propionic acid, hexanoic acid, cyclopentanepropionic acid, glycolic acid, oxalic acid, pyruvic acid, lactic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, malic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, palmitic acid, benzoic acid, 3-(4-hydroxybenzoyl) benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, alkylsulfonic acids (e.g., methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, 1,2-ethane-disulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid, etc.), arylsulfonic acids (e.g., benzenesulfonic acid, 4-chlorobenzenesulfonic acid, 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid, 4-toluenesulfonic acid, camphorsulfonic acid, etc.), glutamic acid, hydroxynaphthoic acid, salicylic acid, stearic acid, muconic acid, and the like.

Pharmaceutically acceptable salts also include salts formed when an acidic proton present in the parent compound is either replaced by a metal ion (e.g., an alkali metal ion, an alkaline earth metal ion, or an aluminum ion) or by an ammonium ion (e.g., an ammonium ion derived from an organic base, such as, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, morpholine, piperidine, dimethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, and ammonia).

An “effective amount” is an amount sufficient to effect beneficial or desired results. An effective amount can be administered in one or more administrations, applications or dosages. Such delivery is dependent on a number of variables including the time period for which the individual dosage unit is to be used, the bioavailability of the therapeutic agent, the route of administration, etc. It is understood, however, that specific dose levels of the therapeutic agents disclosed herein for any particular subject depends upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, bioavailability of the compound, the route of administration, the age of the animal and its body weight, general health, sex, the diet of the animal, the time of administration, the rate of excretion, the drug combination, and the severity of the particular disorder being treated and form of administration. In general, one will desire to administer an amount of the compound that is effective to achieve a serum level commensurate with the concentrations found to be effective in vivo. These considerations, as well as effective formulations and administration procedures are well known in the art and are described in standard textbooks.

“Therapeutically effective amount” of a drug or an agent refers to an amount of the drug or the agent that is an amount sufficient to obtain a pharmacological response such as inhibiting dUTPase; or alternatively, is an amount of the drug or agent that, when administered to a patient with a specified disorder or disease, is sufficient to have the intended effect, e.g., treatment, alleviation, amelioration, palliation or elimination of one or more manifestations of the specified disorder or disease in the patient. A therapeutic effect does not necessarily occur by administration of one dose, and may occur only after administration of a series of doses. Thus, a therapeutically effective amount may be administered in one or more administrations.

As used herein, “treating” or “treatment” of a disease in a patient refers to (1) preventing the symptoms or disease from occurring in an animal that is predisposed or does not yet display symptoms of the disease; (2) inhibiting the disease or arresting its development; or (3) ameliorating or causing regression of the disease or the symptoms of the disease. As understood in the art, “treatment” is an approach for obtaining beneficial or desired results, including clinical results. For the purposes of this technology, beneficial or desired results can include one or more, but are not limited to, alleviation or amelioration of one or more symptoms, diminishment of extent of a condition (including a disease), stabilized (i.e., not worsening) state of a condition (including disease), delay or slowing of condition (including disease), progression, amelioration or palliation of the condition (including disease), states and remission (whether partial or total), whether detectable or undetectable.

“dUTPase” means any of the following, which are considered to be synonymous, “deoxyuridine triphosphate nucleotidohydrolase”, “deoxyuridine triphosphate pyrophosphatase”, “dUTP nucleotidohydrolase”, “dUTP pyrophosphatase”, and other equivalent nomenclature for the dUTPase enzyme. In one aspect, dUTPase intends DUT-N and DUT-M. In other aspects, it is DUT-N only, or alternatively, DUT-M only. The amino acid and coding sequences for dUTPase are known in the art and disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,962,246. Methods for expressing and screening for expression level of the enzyme are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,962,246 and Ladner et al. (US Patent Publ. No. 2011/0212467A1).

“DUT-N” means the nuclear form of dUTPase.

“DUT-M” means the mitochondrial or cytoplasmic form of dUTPase.

“dUTPase-directed therapy” intends therapeutics that target the dUTPase pathway, e.g., in the case of cancer, e.g. TS-directed therapies and the fluoropyrimidines (such as 5-FU), pemetrexed (Alimta®), capecitabine (Xeloda®), S-1 and antifolates (such as methotrexate) and chemical equivalents thereof. Non-limiting examples include 5-flurouracil (5-FU), TS-directed therapies and 5-FU based adjuvant therapy. Combination therapies can include any intervention that alters nucleotide pools and/or sensitizes the immune cells or viruses to the dUTPase inhibitor, as are well known to the skilled artisan. For rheumatoid arthritis, for example, the combination can be with an dihydrofolate reductase (DHFR) inhibitor such as methotrexate.

5-fluorouracil (5-FU) belongs to the family of therapy drugs called pyrimidine based anti-metabolites. It is a pyrimidine analog, which is transformed into different cytotoxic metabolites that are then incorporated into DNA and RNA thereby inducing cell cycle arrest and apoptosis. Chemical equivalents are pyrimidine analogs which result in disruption of DNA replication. Chemical equivalents inhibit cell cycle progression at S phase resulting in the disruption of cell cycle and consequently apoptosis. Equivalents to 5-FU include prodrugs, analogs and derivative thereof such as 5′-deoxy-5-fluorouridine (doxifluoroidine), 1-tetrahydrofuranyl-5-fluorouracil (ftorafur), capecitabine (Xeloda®), S-1 (MBMS-247616, consisting of tegafur and two modulators, a 5-chloro-2,4-dihydroxypyridine and potassium oxonate), ralititrexed (tomudex), nolatrexed (Thymitaq, AG337), LY231514 and ZD9331, as described for example in Papamicheal (1999) The Oncologist 4:478-487.

“5-FU based adjuvant therapy” refers to 5-FU alone or alternatively the combination of 5-FU with other treatments, that include, but are not limited to radiation, methyl-CCNU, leucovorin, oxaliplatin, irinotecin, mitomycin, cytarabine, levamisole. Specific treatment adjuvant regimens are known in the art as FOLFOX, FOLFOX4, FOLFIRI, MOF (semustine (methyl-CCNU), vincrisine (Oncovin®) and 5-FU). For a review of these therapies see Beaven and Goldberg (2006) Oncology 20(5):461-470. An example of such is an effective amount of 5-FU and Leucovorin. Other chemotherapeutics can be added, oxaliplatin or irinotecan.

Capecitabine is a prodrug of (5-FU) that is converted to its active form by the tumor-specific enzyme PynPase following a pathway of three enzymatic steps and two intermediary metabolites, 5′-deoxy-5-fluorocytidine (5′-DFCR) and 5′-deoxy-5-fluorouridine (5′-DFUR). Capecitabine is marketed by Roche under the trade name Xeloda®.

Leucovorin (Folinic acid) is an adjuvant used in cancer therapy. It is used in synergistic combination with 5-FU to improve efficacy of the chemotherapeutic agent. Without being bound by theory, addition of Leucovorin is believed to enhance efficacy of 5-FU by inhibiting thymidylate synthase. It has been used as an antidote to protect normal cells from high doses of the anticancer drug methotrexate and to increase the antitumor effects of fluorouracil (5-FU) and tegafur-uracil. It is also known as citrovorum factor and Wellcovorin. This compound has the chemical designation of L-Glutamic acid N[4[[(2-amino-5-formyl1,4,5,6,7,8 hexahydro4oxo6-pteridinyl)methyl]amino]b-enzoyl], calcium salt (1:1).

“Oxaliplatin” (Eloxatin) is a platinum-based chemotherapy drug in the same family as cisplatin and carboplatin. It is typically administered in combination with fluorouracil and leucovorin in a combination known as FOLFOX for the treatment of colorectal cancer. Compared to cisplatin, the two amine groups are replaced by cyclohexyldiamine for improved antitumour activity. The chlorine ligands are replaced by the oxalato bidentate derived from oxalic acid in order to improve water solubility. Equivalents to Oxaliplatin are known in the art and include, but are not limited to cisplatin, carboplatin, aroplatin, lobaplatin, nedaplatin, and JM-216 (see McKeage et al. (1997) J. Clin. Oncol. 201:1232-1237 and in general, Chemotherapy for Gynecological Neoplasm, Curr. Therapy and Novel Approaches, in the Series Basic and Clinical Oncology, Angioli et al. Eds., 2004).

“FOLFOX” is an abbreviation for a type of combination therapy that is used to treat cancer. This therapy includes 5-FU, oxaliplatin and leucovorin. “FOLFIRI” is an abbreviation for a type of combination therapy that is used treat cancer and comprises, or alternatively consists essentially of, or yet further consists of 5-FU, leucovorin, and irinotecan. Information regarding these treatments are available on the National Cancer Institute's web site, cancer.gov, last accessed on Jan. 16, 2008.

Irinotecan (CPT-11) is sold under the trade name of Camptosar. It is a semi-synthetic analogue of the alkaloid camptothecin, which is activated by hydrolysis to SN-38 and targets topoisomerase I. Chemical equivalents are those that inhibit the interaction of topoisomerase I and DNA to form a catalytically active topoisomerase I-DNA complex. Chemical equivalents inhibit cell cycle progression at G2-M phase resulting in the disruption of cell proliferation.

The term “adjuvant” therapy refers to administration of a therapy or chemotherapeutic regimen to a patient after removal of a tumor by surgery. Adjuvant therapy is typically given to minimize or prevent a possible cancer reoccurrence. Alternatively, “neoadjuvant” therapy refers to administration of therapy or chemotherapeutic regimen before surgery, typically in an attempt to shrink the tumor prior to a surgical procedure to minimize the extent of tissue removed during the procedure.

The phrase “first line” or “second line” or “third line” etc., refers to the order of treatment received by a patient. First line therapy regimens are treatments given first, whereas second or third line therapy are given after the first line therapy or after the second line therapy, respectively. The National Cancer Institute defines first line therapy as “the first treatment for a disease or condition. In patients with cancer, primary treatment can be surgery, chemotherapy, radiation therapy, or a combination of these therapies. First line therapy is also referred to those skilled in the art as primary therapy and primary treatment.” See National Cancer Institute website as www.cancer.gov, last visited on May 1, 2008. Typically, a patient is given a subsequent chemotherapy regimen because the patient did not shown a positive clinical or sub-clinical response to the first line therapy or the first line therapy has stopped.

As used herein, the term “antifolate” intends a drug or biologic that impairs the function of folic acids, e.g., an antimetabolite agent that inhibits the use of a metabolite, another chemical that is part of normal metabolism. In cancer treatment, antimetabolites interfere with DNA production, thus cell division and growth of the tumor. Non-limiting examples of these agents are dihydrofolate reductase inhibitors, such as methotrexate, Aminopterin, and Pemetrexed; thymidylate synthase inhibitors, such as Raltitrexed or Pemetrexed; purine based, i.e. an adenosine deaminase inhibitor, such as Pentostatin, a thiopurine, such as Thioguanine and Mercaptopurine, a halogenated/ribonucleotide reductase inhibitor, such as Cladribine, Clofarabine, Fludarabine, or a guanine/guanosine: thiopurine, such as Thioguanine; or Pyrimidine based, i.e. cytosine/cytidine: hypomethylating agent, such as Azacitidine and Decitabine, a DNA polymerase inhibitor, such as Cytarabine, a ribonucleotide reductase inhibitor, such as Gemcitabine, or a thymine/thymidine: thymidylate synthase inhibitor, such as a Fluorouracil (5-FU).

In one aspect, the term “chemical equivalent” means the ability of the chemical to selectively interact with its target protein, DNA, RNA or fragment thereof as measured by the inactivation of the target protein, incorporation of the chemical into the DNA or RNA or other suitable methods. Chemical equivalents include, but are not limited to, those agents with the same or similar biological activity and include, without limitation a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or mixtures thereof that interact with and/or inactivate the same target protein, DNA, or RNA as the reference chemical.

The terms “oligonucleotide” or “polynucleotide” or “portion,” or “segment” thereof refer to a stretch of polynucleotide residues which is long enough to use in PCR or various hybridization procedures to identify or amplify identical or related parts of mRNA or DNA molecules. The polynucleotide compositions of this invention include RNA, cDNA, genomic DNA, synthetic forms, and mixed polymers, both sense and antisense strands, and may be chemically or biochemically modified or may contain non-natural or derivatized nucleotide bases, as will be readily appreciated by those skilled in the art. Such modifications include, for example, labels, methylation, substitution of one or more of the naturally occurring nucleotides with an analog, internucleotide modifications such as uncharged linkages (e.g., methyl phosphonates, phosphotriesters, phosphoamidates, carbamates, etc.), charged linkages (e.g., phosphorothioates, phosphorodithioates, etc.), pendent moieties (e.g., polypeptides), intercalators (e.g., acridine, psoralen, etc.), chelators, alkylators, and modified linkages (e.g., alpha anomeric nucleic acids, etc.). Also included are synthetic molecules that mimic polynucleotides in their ability to bind to a designated sequence via hydrogen bonding and other chemical interactions. Such molecules are known in the art and include, for example, those in which peptide linkages substitute for phosphate linkages in the backbone of the molecule.

When a genetic marker, e.g., over expression of dUTPase, is used as a basis for selecting a patient for a treatment described herein, the genetic marker is measured before and/or during treatment, and the values obtained are used by a clinician in assessing any of the following: (a) probable or likely suitability of an individual to initially receive treatment(s); (b) probable or likely unsuitability of an individual to initially receive treatment(s); (c) responsiveness to treatment; (d) probable or likely suitability of an individual to continue to receive treatment(s); (e) probable or likely unsuitability of an individual to continue to receive treatment(s); (f) adjusting dosage; (g) predicting likelihood of clinical benefits; or (h) toxicity. As would be well understood by one in the art, measurement of the genetic marker in a clinical setting is a clear indication that this parameter was used as a basis for initiating, continuing, adjusting and/or ceasing administration of the treatments described herein.

“Cancer” is a known medically as a malignant neoplasm, is a broad group of diseases involving unregulated cell growth. In cancer, cells divide and grow uncontrollably, forming malignant tumors, and invade nearby parts of the body. Non-limiting examples include colon cancer, colorectal cancer, gastric cancer, esophageal cancer, head and neck cancer, breast cancer, lung cancer, stomach cancer, liver cancer, gall bladder cancer, or pancreatic cancer or leukemia.

Compounds

In one aspect, provided herein is a compound of formula (I):

or a tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of each thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable solo/ale of each of the foregoing, wherein

A is

Y¹ is H or C₁-C₃ alkyl;

L¹ is an optionally substituted C₃-C₁₀ alkylene, further wherein at least two geminal hydrogens are optionally substituted with cyclopropano or cyclobutano; optionally substituted C₃-C₁₀ alkenylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₁₀ heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₁₀ heteroalkenylene, or -L¹¹-L¹²-L¹³-, wherein is attached to A and L¹¹ is O, S, NR, C₁-C₂ alkylene, C₂ alkenylene, C₂ heteroalkylene, C₃ heteroalkenylene, L¹² is arylene or heteroarylene, L¹³ is a bond or an optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkylene, and R is H or C₁-C₃ alkyl;

L² is S(O) NH—, wherein the sulfur is attached to L¹ or —NHS(O)₂—, wherein the nitrogen is attached to L¹;

L³ is a bond or an optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkylene, preferably

more preferably:

B is

each R¹-R³ independently is H, F, Cl, C₁-C₃ alkyl, or OR²⁰;

R²⁰ is CH₂—R²¹; methyl optionally substituted with 2 or 3 fluorine atoms; C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl; or C₁-C₆ alkyl;

R²¹ is C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, preferably branched C₃-C₁₀ alkyl, more preferably isopropyl or t-butyl, optionally substituted with one or more hydroxy or fluoro; C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl, preferably cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl; or

wherein each R²²-R²⁴ independently is an optionally substituted C₁-C₃ alkyl or hydroxy.

In one embodiment, Y¹ is H. In another embodiment, Y¹ is C₁-C₃ alkyl.

In one embodiment, L¹ is an optionally substituted C₃-C₁₀ alkylene, further wherein at least two geminal hydrogens are optionally substituted with cyclopropano or cyclobutano. In another embodiment, L¹ is an optionally substituted C₃-C₁₀ alkenylene. In yet another embodiment, L¹ is an optionally substituted C₃-C₁₀ heteroalkylene. In a further embodiment, L¹ is an optionally substituted C₃-C₁₀ heteroalkenylene.

In one embodiment, L¹ is -L¹¹-L¹²-L¹³-, wherein L¹¹ is attached to A. In one embodiment, L¹¹ is O. In another embodiment, L¹¹ is S. In yet another embodiment, L¹¹ is NR. In one embodiment, and R is H. In another embodiment, R is C₁-C₃ alkyl.

In one embodiment, L¹¹ is C₁-C₂ alkylene. In one embodiment, L¹¹ is C₂ alkenylene. In another embodiment, L¹¹ is C₂ heteroalkylene. In yet another embodiment, L¹¹ is C₃ heteroalkenylene.

In one embodiment, L¹² is arylene. In another embodiment, L¹² is heteroarylene.

In one embodiment, L¹³ is a bond. In another embodiment, L¹³ is an optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkylene.

In one embodiment, L² is —S(O)₂NH—, wherein the sulfur is attached to L¹. In another embodiment, L² is —NHS(O)₂—, wherein the nitrogen is attached to L¹.

In one embodiment, L³ is a bond. In another embodiment, L³ is an optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkylene.

In one embodiment, L³ is

wherein the left side is attached to A.

In one embodiment, L³ is

wherein the left side is attached to A.

In one embodiment, L³ is

wherein the left side is attached to A.

In one embodiment, L³ is

wherein the left side is attached to A.

In one embodiment, L³ is

wherein the left side is attached to A.

In one embodiment, L³ is

wherein the left side is attached to A.

In one embodiment, L³ is

wherein the left side is attached to A.

In one embodiment, L³ is

wherein the left side is attached to A.

In one embodiment, L³ is

wherein the left side is attached to A.

In one embodiment, L³ is

wherein the left side is attached to A.

In one embodiment, each R¹-R³ independently is H. In one embodiment, each R¹-R³ independently is F. In one embodiment, each R¹-R³ independently is Cl. In one embodiment, each R¹-R³ independently is C₁-C₃ alkyl. In one embodiment, each R¹-R³ independently is OR²⁰.

In one embodiment, R²⁰ is CH₂—R²¹. In one embodiment, R²⁰ is methyl optionally substituted with 2 or 3 fluorine atoms. In one embodiment, R²⁰ is C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R²⁰ is C₁-C₆ alkyl.

In one embodiment, R²¹ is C₁-C₁₀ alkyl. In one embodiment, R²¹ is a branched C₃-C₁₀ alkyl optionally substituted with one or more hydroxy or fluoro. In another embodiment, R²¹ is isopropyl or t-butyl optionally substituted with one or more hydroxy or fluoro. In another embodiment, R²¹ is a C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl. In yet another embodiment, R²¹ is a cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, or cyclopentyl.

In one embodiment, R²¹ is

wherein each R²²-R²⁴ independently is an optionally substituted C₁-C₃ alkyl or hydroxy.

In one embodiment, each R²²-R²⁴ independently is an optionally substituted C₁-C₃ alkyl. In another embodiment, each R²²-R²⁴ independently is a hydroxy.

In one embodiment, R²¹ is

In one embodiment, R²¹ is

In one embodiment, R²¹ is

In one embodiment, R²¹ is

In one embodiment, R²¹ is

In one embodiment, R²¹ is

In one embodiment, R²¹ is

In one embodiment, R²¹ is

In one embodiment, A is selected from the consisting of:

In one embodiment, A is

In one embodiment, A is

In one embodiment, A is

In one embodiment, L¹ is

—(CH₂)_(q)—, wherein one or more hydrogens are optionally substituted with C₁-C₃ alkyl and/or at least two or more geminal hydrogens are optionally substituted with cyclopropano or cyclobutano; and wherein q is 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8.

In another embodiment, L¹ is

wherein one or more hydrogens are optionally substituted with C₁-C₃ alkyl and/or at least two or more geminal hydrogens are optionally substituted with cyclopropano or cyclobutano; and wherein p is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 and z is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5.

In yet another embodiment, L¹ is

—(CH₂)_(m)—X—(CH₂)_(n)—, wherein one or more hydrogens are optionally substituted with C₁-C₃ alkyl and/or at least two or more geminal hydrogens are optionally substituted with cyclopropano or cyclobutano; and wherein m is 0, 1, 2, or 3 and n is 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7.

In a further embodiment, L¹ is

wherein one or more hydrogens are optionally substituted with C₁-C₃ alkyl and/or at least two or more geminal hydrogens are optionally substituted with cyclopropano or cyclobutano; and wherein o is 0, 1, 2, or 3; r is 1, 2 or 3; and s is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; and

wherein X is NR⁴⁰, O, or S, wherein R⁴⁰ is H or C₁-C₃ alkyl.

In one embodiment, L¹ is selected from the group consisting of:

wherein the left side of the moieties are attached to A.

In another embodiment, -L¹¹-L¹²-L¹³- is

wherein the left side of the moieties are attached to A.

In one embodiment, R¹ is H.

In one embodiment, R² is H or —OR²⁰.

In one embodiment, R³ is F or H.

In one embodiment, B is

In one embodiment, B is selected from the group consisting of:

In one embodiment, B is

In one aspect, provided herein is a compound selected from Table 1 below.

TABLE 1 Compound Number (Production Example Number) Structure  1

 2

 3

 4

 5

 6

 7

 8

 9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

 2a

 3a

 4a

 5a

 6a

 7a

 8a

 9a

10a

12a

13a

15a

16a

20a

21a

24a

25a

26a

27a

29a

30a

31a

32a

33a

34a

36a

37a

38a

39a

40a

41a

42a

43a

44a

45a

46a

47a

50a

51a

52a

53a

54a

56a

57a

58a

59a

60a

61a

62a

63a

64a

65a

66a

67a

68a

69a

70a

71a

72a

73a

74a

75a

76a

77a

78a

In one aspect, provided herein is a compound selected from Table 2 below

TABLE 2 Compound Number Structure 11a

18a

28a

wherein R⁷⁰ is as defined above and R³⁰ is as defined above.

In some embodiments, the compound provided herein excludes compounds listed in Table 3, Table 4, and Table 5:

TABLE 3 Structure

TABLE 4 Structure

TABLE 5 Structure

In some embodiments, the compound provided herein is not

Synthesis

These and other compounds provided herein are synthesized following art recognized methods with the appropriate substitution of commercially available reagents as needed. For example, and without limitation, methods for synthesizing certain other compounds are described in US 2011/0082163; US 2012/0225838; WO 2014/107622; PCT/US2015/010059; Miyahara et al., J. Med. Chem. (2012) 55, 2970-2980; Miyakoshi et al., J. Med. Chem. (2012) 55, 2960-2969; Miyahara et al., J. Med. Chem. (2012) 55 (11), pp 5483-5496; and Miyakoshi et al., J. Med. Chem. (2012) 55 (14), pp 6427-6437 (each supra), which methods can be adapted by the skilled artisan upon reading this disclosure and/or based on synthetic methods well known in the art, to prepare the compounds provided herein. Protection deprotection methods and protecting groups useful for such purposes are well known in the art, for example in Greene's Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 4^(th) Edition, Wiley, 2006, or a later edition of the book.

The compounds and the intermediates are separated from the reaction mixture, when desired, following art known methods such as crystallization, chromatography, distillation, and the like. The compounds and the intermediates are characterized by art known methods such as thin layer chromatography, nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy, high performance liquid chromatography, and the like. As described in detail herein, a racemic or diastereomeric mixture of the compound can be separated or enriched to the enantiomers and diastreomers and tested and used diagnostically or therapeutically as described herein.

Methods of testing and using the compounds provided herein are performed following art recognized in vitro (cell free), ex vivo or in vivo methods. For example, and without limitation, certain methods for testing and using other compounds are described in US 2011/0082163; US 2012/0225838; Miyahara et al., J. Med. Chem. (2012) 55, 2970-2980; Miyakoshi et al., J. Med. Chem. (2012) 55, 2960-2969; Miyahara et al., J. Med. Chem. (2012) 55 (11), pp 5483-5496; Miyakoshi et al., J. Med. Chem. (2012) 55 (14), pp 6427-6437 (each of which in incorporated by reference), which methods can be adapted by the skilled artisan upon reading this disclosure and/or based on methods well known in the art, to test and use the compounds provided herein.

Pharmaceutical Compositions

In another aspect, provided herein is a composition comprising a compound provided herein, and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.

Compositions, including pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds described herein can be manufactured by means of conventional mixing, dissolving, granulating, dragee-making levigating, emulsifying, encapsulating, entrapping, or lyophilization processes. The compositions can be formulated in conventional manner using one or more physiologically acceptable carriers, diluents, excipients, or auxiliaries which facilitate processing of the compounds provided herein into preparations which can be used pharmaceutically.

The compounds of the technology can be administered by parenteral (e.g., intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, IVC, intracisternal injection or infusion, subcutaneous injection, or implant), oral, by inhalation spray nasal, vaginal, rectal, sublingual, urethral (e.g., urethral suppository) or topical routes of administration (e.g., gel, ointment, cream, aerosol, etc.) and can be formulated, alone or together, in suitable dosage unit formulations containing conventional non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants, excipients, and vehicles appropriate for each route of administration.

In one embodiment, this technology relates to a composition comprising a compound as described herein and a carrier.

In another embodiment, this technology relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound as described herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

In another embodiment, this technology relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound as described herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

The pharmaceutical compositions for the administration of the compounds can be conveniently presented in dosage unit form and can be prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy. The pharmaceutical compositions can be, for example, prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing the compounds provided herein into association with a liquid carrier, a finely divided solid carrier or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product into the desired formulation. In the pharmaceutical composition the compound provided herein is included in an amount sufficient to produce the desired therapeutic effect. For example, pharmaceutical compositions of the technology may take a form suitable for virtually any mode of administration, including, for example, topical, ocular, oral, buccal, systemic, nasal, injection, infusion, transdermal, rectal, and vaginal, or a form suitable for administration by inhalation or insufflation.

For topical administration, the compounds can be formulated as solutions, gels, ointments, creams, suspensions, etc., as is well-known in the art.

Systemic formulations include those designed for administration by injection (e.g., subcutaneous, intravenous, infusion, intramuscular, intrathecal, or intraperitoneal injection) as well as those designed for transdermal, transmucosal, oral, or pulmonary administration.

Useful injectable preparations include sterile suspensions, solutions, or emulsions of the compounds provided herein in aqueous or oily vehicles. The compositions may also contain formulating agents, such as suspending, stabilizing, and/or dispersing agents. The formulations for injection can be presented in unit dosage form, e.g., in ampules or in multidose containers, and may contain added preservatives.

Alternatively, the injectable formulation can be provided in powder form for reconstitution with a suitable vehicle, including but not limited to sterile pyrogen free water, buffer, and dextrose solution, before use. To this end, the compounds provided herein can be dried by any art-known technique, such as lyophilization, and reconstituted prior to use.

For transmucosal administration, penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are known in the art.

For oral administration, the pharmaceutical compositions may take the form of, for example, lozenges, tablets, or capsules prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients such as binding agents (e.g., pregelatinised maize starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone, or hydroxypropyl methylcellulose); fillers (e.g., lactose, microcrystalline cellulose, or calcium hydrogen phosphate); lubricants (e.g., magnesium stearate, talc, or silica); disintegrants (e.g., potato starch or sodium starch glycolate); or wetting agents (e.g., sodium lauryl sulfate). The tablets can be coated by methods well known in the art with, for example, sugars, films, or enteric coatings.

Compositions intended for oral use can be prepared according to any method known to the art for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions, and such compositions may contain one or more agents selected from the group consisting of sweetening agents, flavoring agents, coloring agents, and preserving agents in order to provide pharmaceutically elegant and palatable preparations. Tablets contain the compounds provided herein in admixture with non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipients which are suitable for the manufacture of tablets. These excipients can be for example, inert diluents, such as calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, lactose, calcium phosphate or sodium phosphate; granulating and disintegrating agents (e.g., corn starch or alginic acid); binding agents (e.g. starch, gelatin, or acacia); and lubricating agents (e.g., magnesium stearate, stearic acid, or talc). The tablets can be left uncoated or they can be coated by known techniques to delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over a longer period. For example, a time delay material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate can be employed. They may also be coated by the techniques well known to the skilled artisan. The pharmaceutical compositions of the technology may also be in the form of oil-in-water emulsions.

Liquid preparations for oral administration may take the form of, for example, elixirs, solutions, syrups, or suspensions, or they can be presented as a dry product for constitution with water or other suitable vehicle before use. Such liquid preparations can be prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable additives such as suspending agents (e.g., sorbitol syrup, cellulose derivatives, or hydrogenated edible fats); emulsifying agents (e.g., lecithin, or acacia); non-aqueous vehicles (e.g., almond oil, oily esters, ethyl alcohol, Cremophore™, or fractionated vegetable oils); and preservatives (e.g., methyl or propyl-p-hydroxybenzoates or sorbic acid). The preparations may also contain buffer salts, preservatives, flavoring, coloring, and sweetening agents as appropriate.

Use of Compounds for Preparing Medicaments

The compounds and compositions of the present invention are also useful in the preparation of medicaments to treat a variety of pathologies as described herein. The methods and techniques for preparing medicaments of a composition are known in the art. For the purpose of illustration only, pharmaceutical formulations and routes of delivery are detailed herein.

Thus, one of skill in the art would readily appreciate that any one or more of the compositions described above, including the many specific embodiments, can be used by applying standard pharmaceutical manufacturing procedures to prepare medicaments to treat the many disorders described herein. Such medicaments can be delivered to the subject by using delivery methods known in the pharmaceutical arts.

Methods of Treatment and Therapies

The compositions and compounds as disclosed herein are useful in methods of inhibiting dUTPase or enhancing the efficacy of a dUTPase-directed therapy, or yet further, reversing resistance to dUTPase therapies. The methods comprise, or alternatively consist essentially of, or yet further consist of, contacting the dUTPase with a therapeutically effective amount of the compound or composition as disclosed herein. In one embodiment, the methods further comprise, or alternatively consist essentially of, or yet further consist of, contacting the dUTPase with an effective amount of a dUTPase-directed therapy. In one aspect, the contacting of the dUTPase-directed therapy is prior to, concurrent or subsequent to contacting with the compound or composition of this disclosure.

One of skill in the art can also determine if the compound or combination inhibits dUTPase in vitro by contacting the compound or combination with purified or recombinant dUTPase in a cell free system. The purified or recombinant dUTPase and can be from any species, e.g., simian, canine, bovine, ovine, rat, mouse or human. In one aspect, the dUTPase is DUT-N or DUT-M. Isolation, characterization and expression of dUTPase isoforms are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,962,246 and known in the art.

The contacting can be performed cell-free in vitro or ex vivo with a cell or in a cell culture. When performed in vitro or ex vivo, the compounds, compositions or agents can be directly added to the enzyme solution or added to the cell culture medium. When practiced in vitro or ex vivo, the method can be used to screen for novel combination therapies, formulations or treatment regimens, prior to administration to administration to an animal or a human patient. Methods to quantify inhibition are known in the art, see, U.S. Patent Publ. Nos. 2010/0075924 and 2011/0212467 and U.S. Pat. No. 7,601,702. For example, a fixed dose of a dUTPase directed therapy (e.g., 5-FU or Pemetrexed) can be added to the system and varying amounts of the compound can be subsequently added to system. Alternatively, a fixed dose of a compound of this invention can be added to the system and varying amounts of the dUTPase directed therapy (e.g., 5-FU or Pemetrexed) compound can be subsequently added to system.

In one aspect, the contacting is ex vivo and the cell or tissue to be contacted over expresses dUTPase. These cells can be isolated from a patient prior to administration to the patient or can be purchased from a depository such as the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC). Non-limiting examples of animal (e.g., canine, an equine, a bovine, a feline, an ovine, a mouse, a rat or a simian) and human cells that are known to over express dUTPase include, without limitation cancer cells, e.g. colon cancer, colorectal cancer, gastric cancer, head and neck cancer, breast cancer, stomach cancer or lung cancer. The cancer can be metastatic or non-metastatic. Methods to quantify inhibition are known in the art, see, U.S. Patent Publ. Nos. 2010/0075924 and 2011/0212467 and U.S. Pat. No. 7,601,702 and Wilson et al. (2012) Mol. Cancer Ther. 11:616-628.

When practiced in vivo in a patient such as an animal or human, the compounds, compositions or agents are administered in an effective amount by a suitable route of administration, as determined by a treating physician taking into account the patient, disease and other factors. When practiced in a non-human animal, e.g., an appropriate mouse model, the method can be used to screen for novel combination therapies, formulations or treatment regimens, prior to administration to a human patient.

This disclosure also provides methods of treating a disease whose treatment is impeded by the expression of dUTPase, comprising, or alternatively consisting essentially of, or yet further consisting of, administering to a patient in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of the compound or composition of this disclosure, thereby treating the disease. In one aspect, the method further comprises isolating a cell or tissue sample from the patient and screening for the expression level of dUTPase, wherein over expression of dUTPase in the sample as compared to a control sample serves as a basis for selecting the patient as suitable for the method and therapies. Methods to quantify dUTPase are known in the art. Effective amounts will vary with the patient, the disease and the general health of the patient and are determined by the treating physician. Methods to quantify inhibition are known in the art, see, U.S. Patent Publ. Nos. 2010/0075924 and 2011/0212467 and U.S. Pat. No. 7,601,702 and Wilson et al. (2012) Mol, Cancer Ther. 11:616-628. If the patient sample shows over expression of dUTPase, the therapy is administered to the patient. If the patient sample does not show over expression, an alternate therapy is chosen. The screen can be repeated throughout therapy as a means to monitor the therapy and/or dosage regimen.

To practice this method, the sample is a patient sample containing the tumor tissue, normal tissue adjacent to said tumor, normal tissue distal to said tumor or peripheral blood lymphocytes. In a further aspect, the patient or patient population to be treated also is treatment naïve.

In one aspect, the method also requires isolating a sample containing the genetic material to be tested; however, it is conceivable that one of skill in the art will be able to analyze and identify genetic markers in situ at some point in the future. Accordingly, in one aspect, the inventions of this application are not to be limited to requiring isolation of the genetic material prior to analysis.

These methods also are not limited by the technique that is used to identify the expression level or in aspects where expression has been linked to a polymorphism, the polymorphism of interest. Suitable methods include but are not limited to the use of hybridization probes, antibodies, primers for PCR analysis, and gene chips, slides and software for high throughput analysis. Additional genetic markers can be assayed and used as negative controls.

In one aspect, the subject or patient is an animal or a human patient. Non-limiting examples of animals include a feline, a canine, a bovine, an equine, an ovine, a mouse, a rat or a simian.

Diseases in which treatment is impeded by the expression of dUTPase include, without limitation, cancer, viral infection, bacterial infection or an autoimmune disorder. For example, in inflammatory bowel disease or other autoimmune disorders, a dUTPase inhibitor can be used in combination with an antifolate or fluoropyrimidine or other thymidylate synthase and dihydrofolate reductase inhibitors; parasitic, viral or bacterial infections can be treated similarly employing a combination therapy including a dUTPase inhibitor. Non-limiting examples of cancer include, colon cancer, colorectal cancer, gastric cancer, head and neck cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, stomach cancer, lung cancer or a leukemia. The cancer can be metastatic or non-metastatic.

In another aspect, the compounds or compositions provided herein are useful in methods of inhibiting the growth of a cancer cell. The methods comprise, or alternatively consist essentially of, or yet further consist of, contacting the cell with a therapeutically effective amount of the compounds or compositions disclosed herein and a therapeutically effective amount of a dUTPase directed therapeutic, thereby inhibiting the growth of the cancer cell.

In one embodiment, the cancer cell is selected from a colon cancer cell, a colorectal cancer cell, a gastric cancer cell, a head and neck cancer cell, a breast cancer cell, a lung cancer cell or a blood cell.

In one aspect, the compound or composition is administered as one or more of: a first line therapy or alternatively, a second line therapy, a third line therapy, or a fourth or subsequent line therapy to administration of a dUPTase-directed therapy. Non-limiting examples of dUTPase-directed therapies include an antimetabolite or a fluoropyrmidine therapy or a 5-FU based adjuvant therapy or an equivalent or each thereof, such as 5-FU, tegafur, gimeracil, oteracil potassium, capcitabine, 5-fluoro-2′-deoxyuridine, methotrexate, or pemetrexed or an equivalent of each thereof.

Certain compounds provided herein demonstrated substantial, such as, 1% to more than 100%, such as 100-140%, 100-200%, or 120-200%, dUTPase inhibitory effect, an ability to inhibit dUTPase under conditions described herein below, and/or known to the skilled artisan, compared, for example, to a positive control:

In some embodiments, certain compounds provided herein demonstrate 100-140%, dUTPase inhibitory effect, an ability to inhibit dUTPase under conditions described herein below, and/or known to the skilled artisan, compared, for example, to the positive control. In some embodiments, certain compounds provided herein demonstrate 120-200%, dUTPase inhibitory effect, an ability to inhibit dUTPase under conditions described herein below, and/or known to the skilled artisan, compared, for example, to the positive control. In some embodiments, certain compounds provided herein demonstrate 100-200%, dUTPase inhibitory effect, an ability to inhibit dUTPase under conditions described herein below, and/or known to the skilled artisan, compared, for example, to the positive control.

Kits

The compounds and compositions, as described herein, can be provided in kits. The kits can further contain additional dUTPase inhibitors and optionally, instructions for use. In a further aspect, the kit contains reagents and instructions to perform the screen to identify patients more likely to respond to the therapy as described above.

Screening Assays

This disclosure also provides screening assays to identify potential therapeutic agents of known and new compounds and combinations. For example, one of skill in the art can also determine if the compound or combination inhibits dUTPase in vitro by contacting the compound or combination with purified or recombinant dUTPase in a cell free system. The purified or recombinant dUTPase and can be from any species, e.g., simian, canine, bovine, ovine, rat, mouse or human. In one aspect, the dUTPase is DUT-N or DUT-M. Isolation, characterization and expression of dUTPase isoforms are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,962,246 and known in the art.

The contacting can be performed cell-free in vitro or ex vivo with a cell or in a cell culture. When performed in vitro or ex vivo, the compounds, compositions or agents can be directly added to the enzyme solution or added to the cell culture medium. When practiced in vitro or ex vivo, the method can be used to screen for novel combination therapies, formulations or treatment regimens, prior to administration to administration to an animal or a human patient. Methods to quantify inhibition are known in the art, see, U.S. Patent Publ. Nos. 2010/0075924 and 2011/0212467 and U.S. Pat. No. 7,601,702. For example, a fixed dose of a dUTPase directed therapy (e.g., 5-FU or Pemetrexed) can be added to the system and varying amounts of the compound can be subsequently added to system. Alternatively, a fixed dose of a compound of this invention can be added to the system and varying amounts of the dUTPase directed therapy (e.g., 5-FU or Pemetrexed) compound can be subsequently added to system.

In another aspect, the assay requires contacting a first sample comprising suitable cells or tissue (“control sample”) with an effective amount of a composition of this invention and optionally a dUTPase inhibitor, and contacting a second sample of the suitable cells or tissue (“test sample”) with the agent to be assayed and optionally a dUTPasc inhibitor. In one aspect, the cell or tissue over express dUTPase. The inhibition of growth of the first and second cell samples are determined. If the inhibition of growth of the second sample is substantially the same or greater than the first sample, then the agent is a potential drug for therapy. In one aspect, substantially the same or greater inhibition of growth of the cells is a difference of less than about 1%, or alternatively less than about 5% or alternatively less than about 10% or alternatively greater than about 10%, or alternatively greater than about 20%, or alternatively greater than about 50%, or alternatively greater than about 90%. The contacting can be in vitro or in vivo. Means for determining the inhibition of growth of the cells are well known in the art.

In a further aspect, the test agent is contacted with a third sample of cells or tissue comprising normal counterpart cells or tissue to the control (or alternatively cells that do not over express dUTPase) and test samples and selecting agents that treat the second sample of cells or tissue but does not adversely affect the third sample. For the purpose of the assays described herein, a suitable cell or tissue is described herein such as cancer or other diseases as described herein. Examples of such include, but are not limited to cancer cell or tissue obtained by biopsy, blood, breast cells, colon cells.

Efficacy of the test composition is determined using methods known in the art which include, but are not limited to cell viability assays or apoptosis evaluation.

In yet a further aspect, the assay requires at least two cell types, the first being a suitable control cell.

The assays also are useful to predict whether a subject will be suitably treated by this invention by delivering a composition to a sample containing the cell to be treated and assaying for treatment which will vary with the pathology or for screening for new drugs and combinations. In one aspect, the cell or tissue is obtained from the subject or patient by biopsy, Applicants provide kits for determining whether a pathological cell or a patient will be suitably treated by this therapy by providing at least one composition of this invention and instructions for use.

The test cells can be grown in small multi-well plates and is used to detect the biological activity of test compounds. For the purposes of this invention, the successful candidate drug will block the growth or kill the pathogen but leave the control cell type unharmed.

The following examples are included to demonstrate some embodiments of the disclosure. However, those of skill in the art should, in light of the present disclosure, appreciate that many changes can be made in the specific embodiments which are disclosed and still obtain a like or similar result without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention.

EXAMPLES Synthetic Examples Exemplary Procedure for the Preparation of N-allylcyanamide (I)

To a stirred solution of prop-2-en-1-amine (3.0 g, 0.52 mmol) in Et₂O (50 mL), CNBr (3.33 g, 0.31 mmol) in Et₂O (50 mL) was added dropwise at 0° C. and stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was filtered and filtrate was washed with water and dried to afford I.

Yield: 1.7 g, 39.4%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 5.91-5.87 (m, 1H, 5.40-5.26 (m, 2H), 3.72-3.68 (m, 2H), 3.53-3.43 (m, 1H).

Exemplary Procedure for the Preparation of Ethyl N-allyl-N-cyanoglycinate (II)

To a stirred solution of I (1.7 g, 20.7 mmol) in dry THF (8 mL), NaH (0.54 mL, 22.7 mmol) was added at 0° C. and stirred at room temperature. After 1 h, 3 (3.34 g, 20.7 mmol) in THF (8 mL) was added drop wise and stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was quenched with water then extracted with DCM. Combined DCM layer was dried, concentrated under reduced pressure to afford II.

Yield: 2.7 g, 77.5%; NMR: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 5.88-5.84 (m, 1H), 5.40-5.28 (m, 2H), 4.25 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.80-3.73 (m, 4H), 0.88-0.85 (m, 3H).

Exemplary Procedure for the Preparation of 1-allylimidazolidine-2,4-dione (III)

To a stirred solution of II (2.70 g, 16.0 mmol) in Et₂O (27 mL), 50% H₂SO₄ (13.5 mL) was added drop wise at 0° C., the reaction mixture was stirred at same temperature for 30 min and allowed to room temperature for 7 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was with ice cold water and precipitated solid was filtrated and washed with ether to afford III.

Yield: 0.1 g, 7.14%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) δ 10.78 (s, 1H), 5.90-5.69 (m, 1H), 5.25-5.05 (m, 2H), 3.91-3.79 (m, 4H).

Exemplary Procedure for the Preparation of but-3-ene-1-sulfonic acid (IV)

To a stirred solution of 4-bromobut-1-ene (4.00 g, 33.05 mmol) in water (30 mL), Na₂SO₃ (8.33 g, 66.11 mmol) was added and heated at 100° C. for 16 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was quenched with water and washed with ether. Aqueous layer was concentrated to dryness to afford the title compound IV.

Yield: 7 g, crude; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, D₂O) δ 5.97-5.95 (m, 1H), 5.29-5.06 (m, 2H), 3.17-2.89 (m, 2H), 2.57-2.46 (m, 2H).

Exemplary Procedure for the Preparation of but-3-ene-1-sulfonyl Chloride (V)

To a stirred solution of IV (7 g, 48.61 mmol) in (COCl)₂ (70 mL), DMF (1.5 mL) was added at 0° C. and stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by trituration with ether to afford V.

Yield: 2 g, crude: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 5.94-5.74 (m, 1H), 5.30-5.02 (m, 2H), 3.15-3.03 (m, 2H), 2.86-2.73 (m, 2H).

Exemplary Procedure for the Preparation of Methyl 3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorobenzoate (VI)

To a stirred solution of 3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorobenzoic acid (3.00 g, 14.28 mmol) in MeOH (100 mL) was added conc.H₂SO₄ (1 mL) drop wise and the reaction mixture was heated at 65° C. for 8 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC, After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was neutralized with aqueous NaHCO₃ and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography using 20% EtOAc/hexane to afford VI.

Yield: 2.3 g, 71.87%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.65-7.53 (m, 2H), 7.41-7.24 (m, 1H), 3.96 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.85 (s, 2H), 1.28-1.25 (m, 1H), 0.58-0.56 (m, 2H), 0.36-0.33 (m, 2H).

Exemplary Procedure for the Preparation of (3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl) methanol (VII)

To a stirred solution of VI (2.30 g, 10.26 mmol) in dry DCM (20 mL), was added LiBH₄ (IM soln. In DCM, 20 mL, 20.53 mmol) drop wise at 0° C. and the reaction mixture was heated at 80° C. for 12 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford VII.

Yield: 2 g, crude; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.36-7.00 (m, 2H), 6.87-6.85 (m, 1H), 5.18 (t, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 4.44 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 2H), 4.08-3.75 (m, 2H), 1.32-1.13 (m, 1H), 0.64-0.49 (m, 2H), 0.35-0.32 (m, 2H).

Exemplary Procedure for the Preparation of 3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorobenzaldehyde (VIII)

To a stirred solution of VII (2.00 g, 10.20 mmol) in dry DCM (20 mL), PCC (4.38 g, 20.40 mmol) was added and warmed to room temperature for 5 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was filtered through celite and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford VIII.

Yield: 2.00 g, crude; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.92 (s, 1H), 7.71-7.52 (m, 2H), 7.52-7.06 (m, 1H), 3.99 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.34-1.16 (m, 1H), 0.68-0.51 (m, 2H), 0.38-0.36 (m, 2H).

Exemplary Procedure for the Preparation of (Z)—N-(tert-butyl (1-oxidanyl)-13-sulfanyl)-1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl) methanimine (IX)

To a stirred solution of VIII (2.00 g, 10.25 mmol) and tert-butyl-3-sulfanamine (1.2 g, 10.25 mmol) in dry toluene (20 mL), Ti(O^(i)Pr)₄ (5.82 g, 20.50 mmol) was added and heated at 90° C. for 12 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was filtered through celite and the filtrate was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography using 10% EtOAc/hexane to afford IX.

Yield: 2.3 g, 75.65%; NMR: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.50 (s, 1H), 7.69 (dd, J=8.4, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.57-7.55 (m, 1H), 7.38 (dd, J=11.2, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.75 (s, 1H), 4.01-3.91 (m, 2H), 1.18 (s, 9H), 0.64-0.52 (m, 2H), 0.40-0.28 (m, 2H).

Exemplary Procedure for the Preparation of (R)-1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)ethan-1-amine (X)

To a stirred solution of IX (2.30 g, 38.72 mmol) in dry THF (40 mL), was added a solution of CH₃MgBr (2M soln. In THF, 7.7 mL, 77.44 mmol) drop wise at 0° C. and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and evaporated under reduced pressure. A solution of HCl in dioxane (4 mL) was added to the residue and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 h. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by trituration with ether to afford X.

Yield: 2 g, NMR: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.64 (s, 2H), 7.48 (dd, J=2.2 Hz, 114), 7.22 (dd, J=11.4, 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.07-7.04 (m, 1H), 4.34 (p, J=5.9 Hz, 1H), 3.93 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.50 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 3H), 1.30-1.24 (m, 1H), 0.60-0.58 (m, 2H), 0.40-0.27 (m, 2H).

Exemplary Procedure for the Preparation of (R)—N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl) ethyl) but-3-ease-1-sulfonamide (XI)

To a stirred solution of X (0.2 g, 0.93 mmol) in dry DCM (5 mL), Et₃N (0.241 g, 2.39 mmol) was added and stirred at rt for 10 min. After that V (0.176 g, 1.14 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was added drop wise and stirred at rt for 2 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with DCM. The combined organic layer were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography using 3% MeOH in DCM to afford XI.

Yield: 0.15 g, 48%.

Production Example 3. Synthesis of (R, E)-N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)ethyl)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pent-3-ene-1-sulfonamide

To a stirred solution of compound XI (0.292 g, 0.89 mmol) and compound III (0.125 g, 0.89 mmol) in DCM (2 mL), Grubb's catalyst II^(nd) generation (0.015 g, 0.017 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography using 60% EtOAc/hexane to afford (R,E)-N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)ethyl)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pent-3-ene-1-sulfonamide.

Yield: 0.07 g, 17%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.7 (s, 1H), 7.70 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.19-7.15 (m, 2H), 6.95-6.89 (m, 1H), 5.49-5.45 (m, 1H), 5.42-5.23 (m, 1H), 4.47-4.35 (m, 1H), 3.92-3.70 (m, 2H), 3.85 (s, 2H), 3.79 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 2.89-2.81 (m, 2H), 2.75-2.70 (m, 2H), 2.31-2.17 (m, 2H), 1.43-1.14 (m, 4H), 0.60-0.57 (m, 2H), 0.38-0.29 (m, 2H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₀H₂₆FN₃O₅S: 439.50; observed mass; 456.97 (M+H₂O); HPLC purity: 99.5%; R_(t;): 5.8

Production Example 8. Synthesis of (R, E)-5-(24-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)-N-(1-(4-fluoro-3-isobutoxyphenyl)ethyl)pent-3-ene-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using 1-allylimidazolidine-2,4-dioneand (R)—N-(1-(4-fluoro-3-isobutoxyphenyl)ethyl)but-3-ene-1-sulfonamide and 1-allylimidazolidine-2,4-dione the manner similar to the method in Production Example 3 above.

Yield: 0.075 g, 14%; ¹HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.75 (s, 1H), 7.73 (dd, J=8.9, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.26-7.08 (m, 2H), 6.93-6.89 (m, 1H), 5.53-5.41 (m, 1H), 5.34-5.23 (m, 1H), 4.48-4.35 (m, 1H), 3.87-3.70 (m, 6H), 2.90-2.87 (m, 1H), 2.63-2.59 (m, 1H), 2.23-2.19 (m, 2H), 2.06-2.01 (m, 1H), 1.37 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 0.99 (d, J=6.9, Hz, 6H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₀H₂₈FN₃O₅S: 441.52; observed mass; 464.10 (M+Na); HPLC purity: 99.3%; R_(t;) 8.2

Production Example 26. Synthesis of (R, E)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)-N-(1-(4-fluoro-3-(neopentyloxy)phenypethyl)pent-3-ene-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using (R)—N-(1-(4-fluoro-3-(neopentyloxy)phenyl)ethyl)but-3-ene-1-sulfonamide and 1-allylimidazolidine-2,4-dione the manner similar to the method in Production Example 3 above.

Yield: 0.05 g, 20%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d⁶) δ 10.7 (s, 1H), 7.73 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.16-7.12 (m, 1H), 6.95-6.87 (m, 1H), 5.49-5.46 (m, 1H), 5.30-5.27 (m, 1H), 4.41 (t, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 3.79 (s, 2H), 3.75-3.64 (m, 4H), 2.90-2.87 (m, 1H), 2.41-2.22 (m, 1H), 2.24-2.20 (m, 2H), 1.40-1.31 (m, 3H), 1.01 (s, 9H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₁H₃₀FN₃O₅S: 455.55; observed mass: 473.20 (M+H₂O); HPLC purity: 97.1%; R_(t;) 8.6

Production Example 28. Synthesis of (R, E)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)-N-(1-(4-fluoro-3-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)phenyl)ethyl)pent-3-ene-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using (R)—N-(1-(4-fluoro-3-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)phenyl)ethyl)but-3-ene-1-sulfonamide and 1-allylimidazolidine-2,4-dione the manner similar to the method in Production Example 3 above.

Yield: 0.11 g, 36%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d⁶) δ 10.75 (s, 1H), 7.74 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (dd, J=8.3, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (dd, J=11.4, 8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.93-6.90 (m, 1H), 5.47-5.42 (m, 1H), 5.29-5.20 (m, 1H), 4.69 (s, 1H), 4.48-4.35 (m, 1H), 3.82-3.69 (m, 6H), 2.90-2.88 (m, 1H), 2.66-6.32 (m, 1H), 2.33-2.12 (m, 2H), 1.37 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.21 (s, 6H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₀H₂₈FN₃O₆S: 457.52; observed mass; 456.10 (M−H); HPLC purity: 99.8%; R_(t;) 6.8

Production Example 29. Synthesis of (R, E)-N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)phenyl)ethyl)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pent-3-ene-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using (R)—N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)phenyl)ethyl)but-3-ene-1-sulfonamidethe and 1-allylimidazolidine-2,4-dione manner similar to the method in Production Example 3 above.

Yield: 0.09 g, 16.5%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.7 (s, 1H), 7.74 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.01-6.88 (m, 2H), 6.79-6.74 (m, 1H), 5.41-5.38 (m, 1H), 5.32-5.20 (m, 1H), 4.46-4.32 (m, 1H), 3.87-3.64 (m, 6H), 2.88-2.83 (m, 1H), 2.58-2.52 (m, 1H), 2.25-2.20 (m, 2H), 1.41-1.31 (m, 3H), 1.29-1.13 (m, 1H), 0.61-0.50 (m, 2H), 0.38-0.24 (m, 2H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₀H₂₇N₃O₅S: 421.51; observed mass: 422.10 (M+H); HPLC purity: 94.1%; R_(t;) 7.7

Production Example 57. Synthesis of [(R, E)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazildin-1-yl)-N-(1-(3-isobutoxyphenyl)ethyl]pent-3-ene-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using (R)—N-(1-(3-isobutoxyphenyl)ethyl)but-3-ene-1-sulfonamide and 1-allylimidazolidine-2,4-dione manner similar to the method in Production Example 3 above.

Yield: 0.16 g, 25%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d⁶) δ 10.7 (s, 1H), 7.74 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (s, 1H), 6.91 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.78 (dd, J=8.5, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 5.45-5.40 (m, 1H), 5.28-5.23 (m, 1H), 4.39-4.30 (m, 1H), 3.74-3.70 (m, 6H), 2.88-2.83 (m, 1H), 2.59-2.54 (m, 1H), 2.25-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.04-1.99 (m, 1H), 1.37 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 0.98 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 6H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₀H₂₉N₃O₅S: 423.53; observed mass; 422.20 (M−1); HPLC purity: 97.3%; R_(t;) 7.9

Production Example 67. Synthesis of (R, E)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)-N-(1-(4-fluoro-3-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)phenyl)ethyl)pent-3-ene-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using (R)—N-(1-(4-fluoro-3-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)phenyl)ethyl)but-3-ene-1-sulfonamide and 1-allylimidazolidine-2,4-dione manner similar to the method in Production Example 3 above.

Yield: 0.11 g, 36%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.7 (s, 1H), 7.74 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (dd, J=8.3, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (dd, J=11.4, 8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.93-6.90 (m, 1H), 5.47-5.40 (m, 1H), 5.29-5.52 (m, 1H), 4.69 (s, 1H), 4.48-4.35 (m, 1H), 3.82-3.69 (m, 6H), 2.90-2.88 (m, 1H), 2.66-6.32 (m, 1H), 2.33-2.12 (m, 2H), 1.37 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.21 (s, 6H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₀H₂₈FN₃O₆S: 457.52; observed mass; 456.10 (M−H); HPLC purity: 99.8%; R_(t): 6.8

Production Example 43. Synthesis of (R, E)-N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)propyl)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pent-3-ene-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using (R)—N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)propyl)but-3-ene-1-sulfonamide and 1-allylimidazolidine-2,4-dione manner similar to the method in Production Example 3 above.

Yield: 0.108 g, 12.5%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.7 (s, 1H), 7.70 (d, J=9.4 Hz, 1H), 7.22-7.08 (m, 2H), 6.90 (d, J=5.0 Hz, 1H), 5.47-5.29 (m, 1H), 5.23-5.20 (m, 1H), 4.11-4.08 (m, 1H), 3.92-3.84 (m, 2H), 3.78 (s, 2H), 3.71 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 2H), 2.83-2.79 (m, 1H), 2.28-2.07 (m, 2H), 1.66-1.62 (m, 2H), 1.25-1.20 (m, 3H), 0.85-0.77 (m, 3H), 0.58-0.50 (m, 2H), 0.32-0.30 (m, 2H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₁H₂₈FN₃O₅S: 453.53 observed mass: 454.10 (M+1); HPLC purity: 99.9%; R_(t;) 8.0

Production Example 95. Synthesis of (R, E)-N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)phenyl)propyl)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pent-3-ene-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using (R)—N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)phenyl)propyl)but-3-ene-1-sulfonamide and 1-allylimidazolidine-2,4-dione manner similar to the method in Production Example 3 above.

Yield: 0.095 g, 17.6%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.7 (s, 1H), 7.73 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.96-6.92 (m, 1H), 6.88 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.77 (dd, J=8.2, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.35-5.30 (m, 1H), 5.20-5.17 (m, 1H), 4.08-4.00 (m, 1H), 3.89-3.62 (m, 6H), 2.81-2.78 (m, 1H), 2.45-2.42 (m, 1H), 2.21-2.18 (m, 2H), 1.76-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.23-1.20 (m, 1H), 0.82 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H), 0.61-0.50 (m, 2H), 0.38-0.26 (m, 2H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₁H₂₉N₃O₅S: 435.54 observed mass; 434.20 (M−H); HPLC purity: 99.1%; R_(t;) 7.7

Production Example 1. Synthesis of (R)—N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)ethyl)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pentane-1-sulfonamide

To a stirred solution of (R, E)-N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)ethyl)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pent-3-ene-1-sulfonamide (0.06 g, 0.13 mmol) in MeOH (4 mL), Rh/Al₂O₃ (6 mg) was added and stirred under hydrogen atmosphere (balloon pressure) at room temperature for 16 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was filtered through celite and filtrate was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography using 50% EtOAc/hexane to afford (R)—N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)ethyl)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pentane-1-sulfonamide.

Yield: 0.03 g, 50%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.7 (s, 1H), 7.66 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.23-7.09 (m, 2H), 6.95-6.89 (m, 1H), 4.46-4.33 (m, 1H), 3.89-3.84 (m, 4H), 3.13 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.80-2.76 (m, 1H), 2.56-2.32 (m, 1H), 1.57-1.00 (m, 10H), 0.60-0.57 (m, 2H), 0.33-0.30 (m, 2H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₀H₂₈FN₃O₅S: 441.52 observed mass; 464.15 (M+Na); HPLC purity: 95.9%; R_(t):7.8

Production Example 20. Synthesis of 5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl-(4-fluoro-3-isobutoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl)pentane-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using (E)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)-N-(1-(4-fluoro-3-isobutoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl)pent-3-ene-1-sulfonamide manner similar to the method in Production Example 1 above.

Yield: 0.045 g, 56%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.7 (s, 1H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 7.24 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (dd, J=11.3, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.96-6.88 (m, 1H), 3.89-3.77 (m, 4H), 3.12 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.54 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 2.06-2.02 (m, 1H), 1.43-1.40 (m, 1.35-1.14 (m, 4H), 1.11-0.95 (m, 10H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₁H₃₀FN₃O₅S: 455.55; observed mass: 456.20 (M+H); HPLC purity: 99.4%; R_(t;) 8.2

Production Example 22. Synthesis of (R)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)-N-(1-(4-fluoro-3-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)phenyl)ethyl)pentane-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using (R, E)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)-N-(4-fluoro-3-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)phenyl)ethyl)pent-3-ene-1-sulfonamide manner similar to the method in Production Example 1 above.

Yield: 0.09 g, 93%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.7 (s, 1H), 7.69 (d, J 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (dd, J=8.3, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.19-7.09 (m, 1H), 6.93-6.90 (m, 1H), 4.69 (s, 1H), 4.47-4.34 (m, 1H), 3.87 (s, 2H), 3.77 (s, 2H), 3.13 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.81-2.78 (m, 1H), 2.61-2.50 (m, 1H), 1.60-1.40 (m, 2H), 1.34-1.30 (m, 5H), 1.30 (s, 6H), 1.10-1.00 (m, 2H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₀H₃₀FN₃O₆S: 459.53; observed mass: 482.20 (M+Na); HPLC purity: 93.3%; R_(t;) 6.9

Production Example 63. Synthesis of (R)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)-N-(1-(3-isobutoxyphenyl)ethyl)pentane-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using ((R,E)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-N-(1-(3-isobutoxypheabove.

Yield: 0.1 g, 77%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.7 (s, 1H), 7.67 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (s, 1H), 6.91 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.80 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 4.38-4.30 (m, 1H), 3.86 (s, 2H), 3.72 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 3.22-3.08 (m, 2H), 2.78-2.74 (m, 1H), 2.58-2.44 (m, 1H), 2.04-1.99 (m, 1H), 1.58-1.21 (m, 6H), 1.19-0.91 (m, 9H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₀H₃₁N₃O₅S: 425.54; observed mass: 424.15 (M−H); HPLC purity: 96.8%; R_(t;) 7.9

Production Example 64. Synthesis of (R)—N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)phenyl)ethyl)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pentane-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using (R,E)-N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)phenyl)ethyl)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pent-3-ene-1-sulfonamide in a manner similar to the method in Production Example 1 above.

Yield: 0.04 g, 61.3%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.7 (s, 1H), 7.68 (d, J 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.00-6.88 (m, 2H), 6.82-6.74 (m, 1H), 4.48-4.31 (m, 1H), 3.87 (s, 2H), 3.79 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.12 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.78-2.74 (m, 1H), 158-2.42 (m, 1H), 1.58-0.96 (m, 10H), 0.61-0.50 (m, 2H), 0.38-0.27 (m, 2H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₀H₂₉N₃O₅S: 423.53 observed mass; 422.10 (M−H); HPLC purity: 99.9%; R_(t); 7.5

Production Example 80. Synthesis of (R)—N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)propyl)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pentane-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using (R,E)-N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)propyl)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pent-3-ene-1-sulfonamide manner similar to the method in Production Example 1 above,

Yield: 0.082 g, 93%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.7 (s, 1H), 7.64 (d, 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.22-7.09 (m, 2H), 6.90-6.88 (m, 1H), 4.10 (q, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 3.92-3.81 (m, 4H), 3.16-3.04 (m, 2H), 2.74-2.70 (m, 1H), 2.48-244 (m, 1H), 1.67-1.64 (m, 2H), 1.52-1.42 (m, 1H), 1.41-1.34 (m, 1H), 1.33-1.19 (m, 3H), 1.09-1.05 (m, 2H), 0.81 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H), 0.6-0.57 (m, 2H), 0.39-0.27 (m, 2H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₁H₃₀FN₃O₅S: 455.55; observed mass: 456.10 (M+H); HPLC purity: 98.4%; R_(t;) 8.0

Production Example 96. Synthesis of (R)—N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)phenyl)propyl)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pentane-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using (R,E)-N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)phenyl)propyl)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pent-3-ene-1-sulfonamide manner similar to the method in Production Example 1 above.

Yield: 0.082 g, 93%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.7 (s, 1H), 7.66 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.99-6.93 (m, 1H), 6.88 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.78 (dd, J=8.1, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 4.07 (q, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 3.85 (s, 1H), 3.79 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.14-3.05 (m, 2H), 2.72-2.69 (m, 1H), 2.39-2.35 (m, 1H), 1.69-1.64 (m, 2H), 1.43-1.15 (m, 6H), 1.09-1.04 (m, 1H), 0.96-0.92 (m, 1H), 0.82 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 0.61-0.50 (m, 2H), 0.33-0.30 (m, 2H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₁H₃₁N₃O₅S: 437.56; observed mass: 436.15 (M−H); HPLC purity: 93.4%; R_(t;) 7.8

Production Example 21. Synthesis of (R, E)-N-(1-(3-(2,2-difluoroethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)ethyl)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pent-3-ene-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using (R)—N-(1-(3-(2,2-difluoroethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)ethyl)but-3-ene-1-sulfonamide and 1-allylimidazolidine-2,4-dione in a manner similar to the method in Production Example 3 above.

Yield: 0.051 g, 13%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.8 (s, 1H), 7.72 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.33-7.16 (m, 2H), 7.025-7.01 (m, 1H), 6.42 (tt, J=56.0, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 5.55-5.36 (m, 1H), 5.34-5.29 (m, 1H), 4.50-4.27 (m, 3H), 3.87-3.68 (m, 4H), 2.95-2.89 (m, 1H), 2.73-2.69 (m, 1H), 2.24-2.22 (m, 2H), 1.38 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₁₈H₂₂F₃N₃O₅S: 449.45: observed mass; 472.90 (M+Na): HPLC purity: 95.5%; R_(t;) 7.4

Production Example 23 Synthesis of (R)—N-(1-(3-(2,2-difluoroethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)ethyl)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pentane-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using (R, E)-N-(1-(3-(2,2-difluoroethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)ethyl)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pent-3-ene-1-sulfonamide in a manner similar to the method in Production Example 1 above.

Yield: 0.03 g, 86%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.7 (s, 1H), 7.66 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.33-7.16 (m, 2H), 7.05-7.01 (m, 1H), 6.42 (tt, J=56.0, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 4.4-4.37 (m, 3H), 3.87 (s, 3.13 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.82-2.79 (m, 1H), 2.63-2.60 (m, 1H), 1.60-1.27 (m, 9H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₁₈H₂₄F₃N₃O₅S: 451.46; observed mass: 469.10 (M+H₂O); HPLC purity: 97.9%; R_(t;) 7.5

Exemplary Procedure for the Preparation of 3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorobenzonitrile (XII)

To a stirred solution of 4-fluoro-3-hydroxybenzonitrile (10.0 g, 78.74 mmol) in dry DMF (100 mL), K₂CO₃ (21.73 g, 157.4 mmol) was added followed by addition of cyclopropyl methyl bromide (12.85 g, 94.48 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 90° C. for 4 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was quenched with cold water and precipitated solid was filtered, washed with pentane to afford XII.

Yield: 12 g, 94%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.28-7.11 (m, 3H), 3.90 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.32-1.29 (m, 1H), 0.76-0.63 (m, 2H), 0.45-0.32 (m, 2H).

Exemplary Procedure for the Preparation of 1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)cyclopropan-1-amine (XIII)

To a stirred solution of XII (7.8 g, 40.83 mmol) in dry THF (40 mL), Ti (O^(i)Pr)₄ (12.75 g, 44.92 mmol) was added at −78° C. CH₃CH₂MgBr (3M soln. In Et₂O, 29 mL, 89.82 mmol) was added drop wise under nitrogen atmosphere and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature at for 1 h. BF₃.OEt₂ (5.68 g, 80.0 mmol) was added drop wise and stirred at room temperature for 1.5 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with 1N HCl and stirred for 10 min. After that reaction mixture was neutralized with aqueous NaOH and extracted with Et₂O. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography using 30% EtOAC/hexane to afford XIII.

Yield: 4.1 g, 47%. NMR: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 4.04 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.54 (d, J=9.9 Hz, 2H), 2.48-2.27 (m, 5H), 1.90-1.72 (m, 2H), 1.17-1.10 (m, J=7.0 Hz, 2H).

Exemplary Procedure for the Preparation of N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)cyclopropyl)but-3-ene-1-sulfonamide (XIV)

To a stirred solution of XIII (0.1 g, 0.44 mmol) in dry DCM (4 mL), Et₃N (0.08 mL, 0.57 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature for 10 min. After that V (0.083 g, 0.53 mmol) in DCM (4 mL) was added drop wise and stirred at room temperature for 4 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with EtOA_(C). The combined organic layer were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography using 30% EtOA_(C)/hexane in DCM to afford XIV.

Yield: 0.043 g, 30%; NMR: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.11-6.92 (m, 3H), 5.60-5.55 (m, 1H), 5.10 (s, 1H), 5.04-4.89 (m, 2H), 3.89 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.79-2.63 (m, 2H), 2.36-2.25 (m, 2H), 1.56 (d, J=0.9 Hz, 1H), 1.44-1.24 (m, 4H), 1.24-1.10 (m, 2H), 0.72-0.60 (m, 2H). ESI-MS (m/z); 342.10 (M+H);

Production Example 8. Synthesis of (E)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)-N-(1-(4-fluoro-3-isobutoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl)pent-3-ene-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using N-(1-(4-fluoro-3-isobutoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl)but-3-ene-1-sulfonamide and 1-allylimidazolidine-2,4-dione manner similar to the method in Production Example 3 above.

Yield: 0.1 g, 15.2%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.7 (s, 1H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 7.24 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (dd, J=11.3, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.96-6.88 (m, 1H), 5.53-5.41 (m, 1H), 5.34-5.23 (m, 1H), 3.89-3.77 (m, 4H), 3.86-3.76 (m, 2H), 2.66-2.52 (m, 2H), 2.15 (m, 1H), 2.10-2.00 (m, 1H), 1.23 (s, 4H), 1.12-0.90 (m, 7H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₁H₂₈FN₃O₅S: 453.53; observed mass: 454.1 (M+H); HPLC purity: 98.5%; R_(t;) 8.2

Production Example 10: Synthesis of (E)-N-(1-(3-(cyclobutylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)cyclopropyl)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pent-3-ene-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using N-(1-(3-(cyclobutylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)cyclopropyl)but-3-ene-sulfonamide and 1-allylimidazolidine-2,4-dione in a manner similar to the method in Production Example 3 above.

Yield: 0.1 g, 15.22%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.7 (s, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 7.24 (dd, J=8.3, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.22-7.05 (m, 1H), 6.95-6.90 (m, 1H), 5.45-5.39 (m, 1H), 5.36-5.18 (m, 1H), 4.01 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 2H), 3.89 (s, 2H), 3.79-3.69 (m, 1H), 2.78-2.72 (m, 1H), 2.66-2.57 (m, 2H), 2.32-1.75 (m, 8H), 1.29-1.05 (m, 5H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₂H₂₈FN₃O₅S: 465.54 observed mass; 46620 (M+H); HPLC purity: 91.4%; R_(t;) 8.4

Production Example 11: Synthesis of (E)-N-(1-(3-(2,2-difluoroethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)cyclopropyl)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pent-3-ene-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using N-(1-(3-(2,2-difluoroethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)cyclopropyl)but-3-ene-1-sulfonamide and 1-allylimidazolidine-2,4-dione manner similar to the method in Production Example 3 above.

Yield: 0.03 g, 7.59%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.7 (s, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 7.25-7.13 (m, 2H), 7.05-7.02 (m, 1H), 6.20 (tt, J=56.0, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 5.49-5.21 (m, 2H), 4.37 (dt, J=14.6, 3.6 Hz, 2H), 3.86 (s, 2H), 3.72 (d, J=5.9 Hz, 2H), 2.67 (dd, J=8.8, 6.5 Hz, 2H), 2.17 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.30-1.08 (m, 4H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₁₉H₂₂F₃N₃O₅S: 461.46; observed mass: 462.05 (M+H); HPLC purity: 98.0%; R_(t;) 7.4

Production Example 12: Synthesis of (E)-N-(1-(3-(cyclopentylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)cyclopropyl)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pent-3-ene-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using N-(1-(3-(cyclopentylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)cyclopropyl)but-3-ene-1-sulfonamide and 1-allylimidazolidine-2,4-dione manner similar to the method in Production Example 3 above.

Yield: 0.08 g, 12.3%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.7 (s, 1H), 8.23 (d, J=6.1 Hz, 1H), 7.29-7.16 (m, 1H), 7.16-7.06 (m, 1H), 6.96-6.88 (m, 1H), 5.41-5.38 (m, 1H), 5.25-5.20 (m, 1H), 3.90 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.78 (s, 2H), 3.72 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.36-3.20 (m, 1H), 2.65-2.56 (m, 2H), 2.35-2.23 (m, 1H), 2.15-2.00 (m, 1H), 1.79-1.75 (m, 2H), 1.59-1.55 (m, 4H), 1.39-1.04 (m, 6H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₃H₃₀FN₃O₅S: 479.57; observed mass: 480.20 (M+H); HPLC purity: 98.3%; R_(t;) 8.6

Production Example 13: Synthesis of (E)-5-(2, 4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)-N-(1-(4-fluoro-3-(neopentyloxy) phenyl) cyclopropyl) pent-3-ene-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using N-(1-(4-fluoro-3-(neopentyloxy)phenyl)cyclopropyl)but-3-ene-1-sulfonamide and 1-allylimidazolidine-2,4-dione manner similar to the method in Production Example 3 above.

Yield: 0.045 g, 15%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.8 (s, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 7.25 (dd, J=8.3, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.11 (dd, J=11.4, 8.5 Hz, 1H), 5.41 (d, J=15.4 Hz, 1H), 5.29-5.19 (m, 1H), 3.80-3.66 (m, 6H), 2.66-2.57 (m, 2H), 2.16-2.13 (m, 2H), 1.23 (d, J=4.7 Hz, 3H), 1.09 (t, J=3.6 Hz, 2H), 1.01 (s, 9H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₂H₃₀FN₃O₅S: 467.56; observed mass: 468.05 (M+H); HPLC purity: 98.7%; R_(t;) 8.5

Production Example 14: Synthesis of (E)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)-N-(1-(4-fluoro-3-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)phenyl)cyclopropyl)pent-3-ene-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using N-(1-(4-fluoro-3-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)phenyl)cyclopropyl)but-3-ene-1-sulfonamide and 1-allylimidazolidine-2,4-dione manner similar to the method in Production Example 3 above.

Yield: 0.035 g, 5.32%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.8 (s, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 7.25-7.08 (m, 2H), 6.96-6.92 (m, 1H), 5.37-5.31 (m, 1H), 5.23-5.19 (m, 1H), 4.64 (s, 1H), 3.88 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 4H), 3.51 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.61-2.52 (m, 2H), 2.15-2.12 (m, 2H), 1.38-1.03 (m, 8H), 0.90-0.76 (m, 2H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₁H₂₈FN₃O₆S: 469.53; observed mass: 491.75 (M+Na); HPLC purity: 97.5%; R_(t;) 6.8

Production Example 60: Synthesis of (E)-N-(1-(3-(2,2-difluoroethoxy)phenyl)cyclopropyl)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pent-3-ene-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using N-(1-(3-(2,2-difluoroethoxy)phenyl)cyclopropyl)but-3-ene-1-sulfonamide and 1-allylimidazolidine-2,4-dione manner similar to the method in Production Example 3 above.

Yield: 0.076 g, 19%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.8 (s, 1H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 7.24-7.20 (m, 1H), 7.07-6.96 (m, 2H), 6.88-6.74 (m, 1H), 6.34 (tt, J=56.0, 3.7 Hz, 1H), 5.45-5.33 (m, 1H), 5.32-5.20 (m, 1H), 4.28 (dt, J=14.8, 3.6 Hz, 2H), 3.89-3.75 (m, 2H), 3.72 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 211), 2.65-2.61 (m, 2H), 2.18-2.15 (m, 2H), 1.30-1.14 (m, 2H), 1.10-1.04 (m, 2H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₁₉H₂₃F₂N₃O₅S: 443.47 observed mass; 443.75 (M+H); HPLC purity: 98.0%; R_(t;) 7.3

Production Example 57: Synthesis of (E)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)-N-(1-(3-isobutoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl)pent-3-ene-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using N-(1-(3-isobutoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl)but-3-ene-1-sulfonamide and 1-allylimidazolidine-2,4-dione manner similar to the method in Production Example 3 above.

Yield: 0.06 g, 11%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.8 (s, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 7.19 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 6.92 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.80-6.72 (m, 1H), 5.39-5.35 (m, 1H), 5.28-5.16 (m, 1H), 3.79-3.67 (m, 6H), 2.63-2.55 (m, 2H), 2.16-2.13 (m, 2H), 2.02-1.98 (m, 1H), 1.30-1.03 (m, 4H), 0.97 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 6H); ESI-MS (ink): Calculated for: C₂₁H₂₉N₃O₅S: 435.54 observed mass; 435.85 (M+H); HPLC purity: 93.4%; R_(t;) 8.0

Production Example 58: Synthesis of (E)-N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)phenyl)cyclopropyl)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pent-3-ene-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)phenyl)cyclopropyl)but-3-ene-1-sulfonamide and 1-allylimidazolidine-2,4-dione manner similar to the method in Production Example 3 above.

Yield: 0.11 g, 16.3%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.8 (s, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 7.17 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (s, 1H), 6.92 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.73 (dd, J=8.0, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 5.36-5.31 (m, 1H), 5.25-5.20 (m, 1H), 3.77-3.72 (m, 4H), 3.70 (d, J=5.8 Hz, 2H), 2.59 (dd, J=9.8, 6.1 Hz, 2H), 2.15-2.12 (m, 2H), 1.21-1.15 (m, 3H), 1.06-1.00 (m, 2H), 0.60-0.50 (m, 2H), 0.30-0.26 (m, 2H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₁H₂₇N₃O₅S: 433.52; observed mass: 434.10 (M+H); HPLC purity: 99.5%; R_(t;):7.6

Production Example 5: Synthesis of N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)cyclopropyl)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pentane-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using (E)-N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)cyclopropyl)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pent-3-ene-1-sulfonamide in a manner similar to the method in Production Example 1 above.

Yield: 0.09 g, 90%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.7 (s, 1H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 7.24 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (dd, J=11.3, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.96-6.88 (m, 1H), 3.89-3.77 (m, 4H), 3.12-3.10 (m, 2H), 2.56-2.53 (m, 2H), 1.42-1.03 (m, 11H), 0.65-0.60 (m, 2H), 0.38-0.32 (d, J=5.0 Hz, 2H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₁H₂₈FN₃O₅S: 453.53; observed mass: 454.10 (M+H); HPLC purity: 99.3%; R_(t;):7.9

Production Example 7: Synthesis of 5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)-7-(1-(4-fluoro-3-isobutoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl)pentane-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using (E)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)-N-(1-(4-fluoro-3-isobutoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl)pent-3-ene-1-sulfonamide in a manner similar to the method in Production Example 1 above.

Yield: 0.045 g, 56%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.7 (s, 1H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 7.24 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (dd, J=11.3, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.96-6.88 (m, 1H), 3.89-3.77 (m, 4H), 3.12 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.54-2.50 (m, 2H), 2.06-2.02 (m, 1H), 1.43-1.40 (m, 2H), 1.35-1.14 (m, 4H), 1.11-0.95 (m, 10H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₁H₃₀FN₃O₅S: 455.55; observed mass 456.20 (M+H); HPLC purity: 99.4%; R_(t;) 8.2

Production Example 9: Synthesis of N-(1-(3-(cyclobutylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)cyclopropyl)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pentane-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using (E)-N-(1-(3-(cyclobutylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)cyclopropyl)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pent-3-ene-1-sulfonamide manner similar to the method in Production Example 1 above.

Yield: 0.06 g, 60%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.7 (s, 1H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 7.24 (dd, J=8.3, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (dd, J=11.4, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.95-6.91 (m, 1H, 4.02 (d, 6.7 Hz, 2H), 3.87 (s, 2H), 3.12 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.78-2.71 (m, 1H), 2.54-2.51 (m, 2H), 2.10-2.05 (m, 2H), 1.96-1.75 (m, 4H), 1.49-1.37 (m, 2H), 1.36-0.98 (m, 8H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₂H₃₀FN₃O₅S: 467.56; observed mass 468.10 (M+H); HPLC purity: 99.2%; R_(t;) 8.3

Production Example 35: Synthesis of N-(1-(3-(cyclopentylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)cyclopropyl)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pentane-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using (E)-N-(1-(3-(cyclopentylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)cyclopropyl)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pent-3-sulfonamide manner similar to the method in Production Example 1 above.

Yield: 0.025 g, 40.2%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.7 (s, 1H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 7.25 (dd, J=8.5, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (dd, J=11.4, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.95-6.91 (m, 1H), 3.94-3.80 (m, 4H), 3.12 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.63-2.47 (m, 2H), 2.35-2.30 (m, 1H), 1.84-1.71 (m, 2H), 1.68-0.97 (m, 16H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₃H₃₂FN₃O₅S: 481.58; observed mass; 482.15 (M+H); HPLC purity: 95.8%; R_(t;) 8.7

Production Example 36: Synthesis of N-(1-(3-(2,2-difluoroethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)cyclopropyl)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pentane-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using (E)-N-(1-(3-(2,2-difluoroethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)cyclopropyl)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pent-3-sulfonamide manner similar to the method in Production Example 1 above.

Yield: 0.05 g, 83.3%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.7 (s, 1H) 8.14 (s, 1H), 7.19-7.15 (m, 2H), 7.05-7.00 (m, 1H), 6.40 (tt, J=56.0, 3.3 Hz, 1H), 4.37 (dt, J=14.6, 3.5 Hz, 2H), 3.86 (s, 2H), 3.11 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.62-2.53 (m, 2H), 1.43-1.40 (m, 2H), 1.36-1.00 (m, 8H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₁₉H₂₄F₃N₃O₅S: 463.47; observed mass; 464.07 (M+H); HPLC purity: 97.1%; R_(t;) 7.4

Production Example 37: Synthesis of 5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)-N-(1-(4-fluoro-3-(neopentyloxy)phenyl)cyclopropyl)pentane-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using (E)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)-N-(1-(4-fluoro-3-(neopentyloxy)phenyl)cyclopropyl)pent-3-ene-1-sulfonamide and Rh.Al₂O₃ manner similar to the method in Production Example 1 above.

Yield: 0.022 g, 73.3%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.7 (s, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.25 (dd, J=8.3, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (dd, J=11.4, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.96-6.91 (m, 1H), 3.86 (s, 2H), 3.69 (s, 2H), 3.12 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.54-2.51 (m, 2H), 1.42-1.38 (m, 2H), 1.36-1.16 (m, 8H), 1.01 (s, 9H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₂H₃₂FN₃O₅S: 469.57 observed mass; 470.15 (M+H); HPLC purity: 95.4%; R_(t;) 8.7

Production Example 38: Synthesis of 5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)-N-(1-(4-fluoro-3-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)phenyl)cyclopropyl)pentane-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using (E)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)-N-(1-(4-fluoro-3-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)phenyl)cyclopropyl)pent-3-ene-1-sulfonamide manner similar to the method in Production Example 1 above.

Yield: 0.022 g, 73.3%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.7 (s, 1H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.25 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.11 (t, J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 6.93-6.89 (m, 1H), 4.67 (s, 1H), 3.86 (s, 2H), 3.76 (s, 2H), 3.11 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.54 (dd, J=6.6, 4.1 Hz, 2H), 1.47-1.45 (m, 2H), 1.43-1.40 (m, 2H), 1.33-1.14 (m, 8H), 1.05-0.98 (m, 4H), ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₁H₃₀FN₃O₆S: 471.54; observed mass; 470 (M−H); HPLC purity: 98.1%; R_(t;) 7.0

Production Example 75: Synthesis of (R, E)-N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)phenyl)propyl)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pent-3-ene-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using (R)—N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)phenyl)propyl)but-3-ene-1-sulfonamide manner similar to the method in Production Example 1 above.

Yield: 0.095 g, 17.6%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.8 (s, 1H), 7.73 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.96 (t, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.88 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.77 (dd, J=8.2, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.37-5.32 (m, 1H), 5.20-5.17 (m, 1H), 4.08-4.02 (m, 1H), 3.89-3.62 (m, 6H), 2.81-2.78 (m, 1H), 2.45-2.42 (m, 1H), 2.21-2.18 (m, 2H), 1.76-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.23-1.20 (m, 2H), 0.82 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H), 0.61-0.50 (m, 2H), 0.38-0.26 (m, 2H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₁H₂₉N₃O₅S: 435.54; observed mass; 434.20 (M−H); HPLC purity: 99.1%; R_(t;) 7.7

Production Example 76: Synthesis of N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)phenyl)cyclopropyl)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pentane-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using (E)-N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)phenyl)cyclopropyl)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pent-3-ene-1-sulfonamide manner similar to the method in Production Example 1 above.

Yield: 0.082 g, 68%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.7 (s, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.19 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (t, J=1.9 Hz, 1H), 6.96-6.89 (m, 1H), 6.76 (dd, J=8.1, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.87 (s, 2H), 3.79 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.12 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.54-2.51 (m, 2H), 1.43-1.40 (m, 3H), 1.36-0.95 (m, 8H), 0.61-0.50 (m, 2H), 0.35-0.26 (m, 2H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₁H₂₉N₃O₅S: 435.54; observed mass: 436.19 (M+H); HPLC purity: 98.0%; R_(t;) 7.5

Production Example 78: Synthesis of N-(1-(3(2,2-difluoroethoxy)phenyl)cyclopropyl)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pentane-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using (E)-N-(1-(3-(2,2-difluoroethoxy)phenyl)cyclopropyl)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pent-3-ene-1-sulfonamide manner similar to the method in Production Example 1 above.

Yield: 0.082 g, 68%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.7 (s, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.25 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.07-6.98 (m, 2H), 6.90-6.83 (m, 1H), 6.38 (tt, J=56.0, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 4.29 (dt, J=14.7, 3.5 Hz, 2H), 3.87 (s, 2H), 3.14 (t, J=9.5, 7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.58-2.54 (m, 2H), 1.45-1.42 (m, 2H), 1.30-1.27 (m, 4H), 1.09-1.04 (m, 4H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₁₉H₂₅F₂N₃O₅S: 445.48; observed mass: 446.10 (M+H); HPLC purity: 96.7%; R_(t;) 7.3

Exemplary Procedure for the Preparation of 2-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)propan-2-ol (XV)

To a stirred solution of VI (11.0 g, 49.3 mmol) in dry THF (280 mL), was added a solution of CH₃MgBr (1.4M soln. In THF, 176.0 mL, 246.6 mmol) drop wise at 0° C. under nitrogen atmosphere and the reaction mixture was stirred at heated at 80° C. for 3 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was quenched with aqueous NH₄Cl and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and evaporated under reduced pressure to afford XV.

Yield: 10.13 g, crude, LCMS: 225.45 (M+1).

Exemplary Procedure for the Preparation of 4-(2-azidopropan-2-yl)-2-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-1-fluorobenzene (XVI)

To a stirred solution of XV (10.13 g, 45.8 mmol) in dry DCM (200 mL), NaN₃ (27.00 g 406.8 mmol) and TFA (50 mL) were added at 0° C. and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with DCM. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and evaporated under reduced pressure to afford XVI.

Yield: 10.10 g, crude; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 7.10-6.99 (m, 2H), 6.96-6.93 (m, 1H), 3.91 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 1.62-1.56 (m, 6H), 1.38-1.19 (m, 2H), 0.71-0.57 (m, 2H), 0.42-0.28 (n, 2H).

Exemplary Procedure for the Preparation of 2-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)propan-2-amine

To a stirred solution of XVI (10.0 g, 40.11 mmol) in MeOH (150 mL), 10% Pd/C (4.0 g) was added and stirred under hydrogen atmosphere (balloon pressure) at room temperature for 24 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was filtered through celite and filtrate was evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography using 5% MeOH in DCM to afford XVII.

Yield: 4.1 g, 45.8%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.28 (dd, J=8.6, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.11-6.96 (m, 2H), 3.89 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 1.89-1.83 (m, 2H), 1.34 (s, 6H), 0.60-0.58 (m, 2H), 0.34-0.32 (m, 2H),

Exemplary Procedure for the Preparation of N-(2-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)propan-2-yl)but-3-ene-1-sulfonamide (XVIII)

To a stirred solution of XVII (1.0 g, 4.47 mmol) in dry DCM (10 mL), Et₃N (1.87 mL, 13.4 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature for 10 min. After that V (1.17 g, 7.61 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added drop wise and stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with EtOAC. The combined organic layer were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by combiflash chromatography using 15% EtOAC/hexane to afford XVIII.

Yield: 1.04 g, 64.8%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 7.48 (s, 1H), 7.26 (td, J=7.9, 7.4, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (dd, J=11.3, 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.05-7.0 (m, 1H), 5.78-5.63 (m, 1H), 5.04-4.94 (m, 2H), 3.90 (dd, J=7.3, 4.6 Hz, 2H), 2.70-2.61 (m, 2H), 2.30 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 1.59 (d, J=3.2 Hz, 6H), 1.24 (td, J=7.8, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 0.63-0.52 (m, 2H), 0.42-0.31 (m, 2H).

Production Example 44: Synthesis of (E)-N-(2-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)propan-2-yl)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pent-3-ene-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using N-(2-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)propan-2-yl)but-3-ene-1-sulfonamide and 1-allylimidazolidine-2,4-dione in a manner similar to the method in Production Example 3 above.

Yield: 0.095 g, 20.65%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.8 (s, 1H), 7.47 (s, 1H), 7.26 (dd, J=8.3, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (dd, J=11.2, 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.06-6.97 (m, 1H), 5.56-5.53 (m, 1H), 5.39-5.36 (m, 1H), 3.92-3.80 (m, 2H), 3.76 (s, 2H), 3.70-3.68 (m, 2H), 2.74-2.65 (m, 2H), 2.33-2.24 (m, 2H), 1.58 (s, 6H), 1.24-1.20 (m, 1H), 0.63-0.53 (m, 2H), 0.37-0.29 (m, 2H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₁H₂₈FN₃O₅S: 453.53: observed mass; 471.25 (M+H₂O); HPLC purity: 99.8%; R_(t;) 8.0

Production Example 48: Synthesis of (E)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)-N-(2-(4-fluoro-3-isobutoxyphenyl)propan-2-yl)pent-3-ene-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using N-(2-(4-fluoro-3-isobutoxyphenyl)propan-2-yl)but-3-ene-1-sulfonamide and 1-allylimidazolidine-2,4-dione manner similar to the method in Production Example 3 above.

Yield: 0.056 g, 11%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.8 (s, 1H), 7.49 (d, J=4.7 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (dd, J=11.3, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (dd, J=7.7, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 5.54-5.51 (m, 1H), 5.37-5.34 (m, 1H), 3.89-3.73 (m, 6H), 2.70-2.67 (m, 2H), 2.30-2.26 (m, 2H), 2.08-2.04 (m, 1H), 1.59 (s, 6H), 0.99 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 6H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₁H₃₀FN₃O₅S: 455.55; observed mass; 454.20 (M−H); HPLC purity: 98.9%; R_(t;) 8.2

Production Example 81: Synthesis of N-(2-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)propan-2-yl)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pentane-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using (E)-N-(2-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)propan-2-yl)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pent-3-ene-1-sulfonamide in the manner similar to the method in Production Example 1 above.

Yield: 0.05 g, 71.4%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.7 (s, 1H), 7.41 (s, 1H), 7.26 (dd, J=8.3, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (dd, J=11.3, 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.05-7.01 (m, 1H), 3.89-3.85 (m, 4H), 3.21-3.13 (m, 2H), 2.66-2.57 (m, 2H), 1.56-1.54 (m, 8H), 1.40-1.38 (m, 2H), 1.31-1.12 (m, 3H), 0.63-0.53 (m, 2H), 0.38-0.29 (m, 2H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₁H₃₀FN₃O₅S: 455.55; observed mass; 473.15 (M+H₂O); HPLC purity: 94.7%; R_(t;) 7.9

Production Example 86: Synthesis of 5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)-N-(2-(4-fluoro-3-isobutoxyphenyl)propan-2-yl)pentane-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using (E)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)-N-(2-(4-fluoro-3-isobutoxyphenyl)propan-2-yl)pent-3-ene-1-sulfonamide in the manner similar to the method in Production Example 1 above.

Yield: 0.028 g, 70%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.7 (s, 1H), 7.42 (s, 1H), 7.32-7.24 (m, 1H), 7.12 (dd, J=11.4, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.00-6.98 (m, 1H), 3.89 (s, 2H), 3.81 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 2H), 3.17 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.50-2.48 (m, 2H), 2.05-2.01 (m, 1H), 1.56-1.54 (m, 8H), 1.40-1.37 (m, 2H), 1.20-1.00 (m, 2H), 0.99 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 6H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₁H₃₂FN₃O₅S: 457.56; observed mass: 479.85 (M+Na); HPLC purity: 96.3%; R_(t;) 8.2

Exemplary Procedure for the Preparation of N-allylcyanamide (XIX)

To a stirred solution of methyl L-alaninate (5.0 g, 35 mmol) in dry ACN (25 mL), Et₃N (10.0 mL, 71.0 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature for 10 min. After that 3-bromoprop-1-ene (2.78 mL, 32.0 mmol) in ACN (25 mL) was added at 0° C. drop wise and stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with DCM. The combined organic layer were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography using 10% MeOH/DCM to afford XIX.

Yield: 0.8 g, 15.6%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 5.80-5.77 (m, 1H), 5.22-4.98 (m, 2H), 4.03 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 3.35-3.10 (m, 3H), 3.10-2.98 (m, 1H), 2.13-2.08 (m, 1H), 1.99 (s, 1H), 1.17 (dd, 7.1, 5.3 Hz, 5H).

Exemplary Procedure for the preparation of methyl N-allyl-N-cyano-L-alaninate (XX)

To a stirred solution of XIX (0.8 g, 5.5 mmol) in EtO₂ (10 mL), BrCN (7.11 g, 6.7 mmol) and NaHCO₃ (1.40 g, 16.6 mmol) were added dropwise at 0° C. and stirred for 2 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with EtO₂. The combined organic layer were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford XX.

Yield: 0.8 g, crude; NMR: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 5.84-5.81 (m, 1H), 5.36-5.21 (m, 2H), 3.93 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 3.79-3.58 (m, 5H), 1.46-1.34 (m, 3H).

Exemplary Procedure for the Preparation of (S)-1-allyl-5-methylimidazolidine-2,4-dione (XXI)

To a stirred solution of XX (0.8 g, 4.7 mmol) in toluene (8 mL), dibutyl phosphate (2.5 mL, 1.1 mmol) was added and reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 5 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was dissolved in Et2O: hexane (2:8 mL), precipitated solid was filtered and which was purified by trituration with cold hexane to afford XXI.

Yield: 0.25 g, 34%; NMR: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.80 (s, 1H), 5.77 (m, 1H), 5.27-5.11 (m, 2H), 4.14-3.94 (m, 2H), 3.70 (dd, J=16.1, 6.3 Hz, 1H), 1.41-1.22 (m, 3H).

Production Example 15: Synthesis of (R, E)-N-(1-(4-fluoro-3-isobutoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl)-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pent-3-ene-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using N-(1-(4-fluoro-3-isobutoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl)but-3-ene-1-sulfonamide and (R)-1-allyl-5-methylimidazolidine-2,4-dione in a manner similar to the method in Production Example 3 above.

Yield: 0.028 g, 18%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.8 (s, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 7.23 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.15-7.05 (m, 1H), 6.92 (s, 1H), 5.48-5.36 (m, 1H), 5.24-5.20 (m, 1H), 3.98-3.86 (m, 2H), 3.83-3.76 (m, 2H) 3.51-3.48 (m, 1H), 2.57-2.54 (m, 2H), 2.19-1.95 (m, 4H), 1.29-1.12 (m, 4H), 1.07 (s, 2H), 1.01-0.94 (m, 6H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₂H₃₀FN₃O₅S: 467.56; observed mass; 468.15 (M+H); HPLC purity: 94.7%; R_(t;) 8.2

Production Example 16: Synthesis of (S, E)-N-(1-(4-fluoro-3-isobutoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl)-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pent-3-ene-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using N-(1-(4-fluoro-3-isobutoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl)but-3-ene-1-sulfonamide and (S)-1-allyl-5-methylimidazolidine-2,4-dione in a manner similar to the method in Production Example 3 above.

Yield: 0.025 g, 18%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.8 (s, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 7.28-7.06 (m, 2H), 6.92 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 5.49-5.37 (m, 1H), 5.26-5.23 (m, 1H), 4.05-3.87 (m, 2H), 3.81 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 3.53-3.50 (m, 1H), 2.59-2.50 (m, 3H), 2.10-2.07 (m, 2H), 1.27-1.16 (m, 5H), 1.09-1.04 (m, 2H), 0.99 (d, 6.6 Hz, 6H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₂H₃₀FN₃O₅S: 467.56; observed mass: 468.20 (M+H); HPLC purity: 99.8%; R_(t;) 8.2

Production Example 17: Synthesis of (R, E)-N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)cyclopropyl)-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pent-3-ene-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)cyclopropyl)but-3-ene-1-sulfonamide and (R)-1-allyl-5-methylimidazolidine-2,4-dione manner similar to the method in Production Example 3 above.

Yield: 0.038 g, 14%; ¹HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.8 (s, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 7.20 (dd, J=8.3, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.11 (dd, J=11.4, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.96-6.91 (m, 1H), 5.49-5.37 (m, 1H), 5.30-5.18 (m, 1H), 3.99-3.85 (m, 4H), 3.53 (dd, J=15.6, 6.9 Hz, 1H), 2.59-2.56 (m, 2H), 2.14-2.11 (m, 2H), 1.29-1.17 (m, 6H), 1.11-1.03 (m, 2H), 0.63-0.53 (m, 2H), 0.38-0.29 (m, 2H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₂H₂₈FN₃O₅S: 465.54; observed mass; 466.15 (M+H); HPLC purity: 99.9%; R_(t;) 7,8

Production Example 18: Synthesis of (R, E)-N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)cyclopropyl)-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pent-3-ene-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)cyclopropyl)but-3-ene-1-sulfonamide and (S)-1-allyl-5-methylimidazolidine-2,4-dione in a manner similar to the method in Production Example 3 above.

Yield: 0.06 g, 23%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.8 (s, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 7.26 (dt, J=7.9, 7.4, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (dd, J=11.3, 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.05-7.0 (m, 1H), 5.45-5.38 (m, 1H), 5.12-5.08 (m, 1H), 3.99-3.85 (m, 4H), 3.37-3.25 (m, 1H), 2.59 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 2.15 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 2H), 1.26-1.17 (m, 6H), 1.08-1.04 (m, 2H), 0.63-0.53 (m, 2H), 0.36-0.30 (m, 2H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for C₂₂H₂₈FN₃O₅S: 465.54; observed mass; 464.20 (M−H); HPLC purity: 99.4%; R_(t;) 7.7

Production Example 71: Synthesis of (R)—N-(1-(4-fluoro-3-isobutoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl)-5-(5-methyl-2,4-yl)pentane-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using N-(1-(4-fluoro-3-isobutoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl)but-3-ene-1-sulfonamide in the manner similar to the method in Production Example 1 above.

Yield: 0.022 g, 62%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.7 (d, J=11.1 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (d, J=13.7 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (dd, J=8.5, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (dd, J=11.4, 8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.96-6.90 (m, 1H), 4.01-3.38 (m, 1H), 3.81 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.96-2.91 (m, 1H), 2.57-2.54 (m, 3H), 2.06-2.02 (m, 1H), 1.49-1.18 (m, 8H), 1.11-0.92 (m, 11H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₂H₃₂FN₃O₅S: 469.57; observed mass; 470.20 (M+H); HPLC purity: 92.2%; Rt; 8.5

Production Example 72: Synthesis of (S)—N-(1-(4-fluoro-3-isobutoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl)-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pentane-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using N-(1-(4-fluoro-3-isobutoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl)but-3-ene-1-sulfonamide in the manner similar to the method in Production Example 1 above.

Yield: 0.042 g, 83.6%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.7 (s, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.25 (dd, J=8.4, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (dd, J=11.4, 8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.94-6.90 (m, 1H), 4.01-3.39 (m, 1H), 3.81 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.32-3.28 (m 2H), 2.98-2.95 (m, 2H), 2.06-2.03 (m, 2H), 1.43-1.40 (m, 2H), 1.36-1.18 (m, 8H), 1.11-0.95 (m, 7H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₂H₃₂FN₃O₅S: 469.57; observed mass; 470.2 (M+H); HPLC purity: 98.0%; R_(t): 8.3

Production Example 73: Synthesis of (R)—N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)cyclopropyl)-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pentane-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using N-(1-(4-fluoro-3-isobutoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl)but-3-ene-1-sulfonamide in the manner similar to the method in Production Example 1 above.

Yield: 0.02 g, 80.0%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.7 (s, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.20 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.11 (t, J=10.1 Hz, 1H), 6.96-6.92 (m, 1H), 4.03-4.00 (m, 1H), 3.88 (d, 7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.98-2.92 (m, 1H), 2.51-2.40 (m, 2H), 1.41-1.38 (m, 2H), 1.28-1.17 (m, 9H), 1.04-1.00 (m, 4H), 0.60-0.55 (m, 2H), 0.32-0.30 (m, 2H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₂H₃₀FN₃O₅S: 467.56; observed mass; 468.20 (M+H); HPLC purity: 94.1%; R_(t): 7.7

Production Example 74: Synthesis of (S)—N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)cyclopropyl)-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pentane-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using (S, E)-N-(1-(4-fluoro-3-isobutoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl)-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pent-3-ene-1-sulfonamide in the manner similar to the method in Production Example 1 above.

Yield: 0.035 g, 77.7%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.7 (s, 1H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.21 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (dd, J=11.4, 8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.97-6.89 (m, 1H), 4.02-3.98 (m, 1H), 3.88 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.99-2.87 (m, 2H), 2.58-2.48 (m, 2H), 1.48-1.18 (m, 12H), 1.05-1.02 (m, 2H), 0.59-0.54 (m, 2H), 0.33-0.31 (m, 2H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₂H₃₀FN₃O₅S: 467.56; observed mass; 468.15 (M+H); HPLC purity: 96.9%; R_(t): 7.7

Exemplary Procedure for the Preparation of 3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluoro-N-methoxy-N-methylbenzamide (XXII)

To a mixture of 3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorobenzoic acid (10.12 g, 4.80 mmol) in dry DMF (131 mL), N,O-dimethylhydroxylamine (5.63 g, 5.70 mmol), HOBt (7.69 g, 5.70 mmol), Et₃N (8.75 ml, 6.20 mmol) and EDCI.HCl (13.85 g, 7.20 mmol) were added at 0° C. and reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography using 40% EtOAc/hexane to afford XXII.

Yield: 10.5 g, 86.1%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.39-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.08 (dd, J=10.9, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 3.90 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.55 (s, 3H), 3.35 (s, 3H), 1.37-1.23 (m, 1H), 0.72-0.59 (m, 2H), 0.43-0.29 (m, 2H).

Exemplary Procedure for the Preparation of 1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)propan-1-one (XXIII)

To a stirred solution of XXII (10.5 g, 41.40 mmol) in dry THE (158 mL), was added a solution of CH₃CH₂MgBr (1.0M soln. In THF, 34.5 mL, 103.0 mmol) drop wise at 0° C. and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was quenched with NH₄Cl solution and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography using 25% EtOAc/hexane to afford XXIII.

Yield: 7.58 g, 82.3%; ESI-MS (m/z): 222.85 (M+H).

Exemplary Procedure for the Preparation of 4-(but-1-en-2-yl)-2-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-1-fluorobenzene (XXIV)

To a stirred solution of Ph₃PCH₃Br (17.93 g, 50.2 mmol) in dry THF (120 mL), NaHMDS (1M in THF 50 mL, 50.2 mmol) was added 0° C. and stirred at room temperature for 2 h. XXIII (6.2, 27.8 mmol) in THF (50 mL) was added drop wise 0° C. and reaction was stirred at room temperature for 12 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was quenched with NH₄Cl solution and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography using 5% EtOAc/hexane to afford XXIV.

Yield: 5.6 g, 91.2%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.06-6.88 (m, 3H), 5.19 (s, 1H), 5.05-5.00 (m, 1H), 3.89 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.46 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 1.33-1.30 (m, 1H), 1.09 (td, J=7.4, 1.3 Hz, 3H), 0.70-0.58 (m, 2H), 0.43-0.32 (m, 2H).

Exemplary Procedure for the Preparation of (S)-2-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)butane-1,2-diol (XXV)

To a mixture of XXIV (3.0 g, 13.6 mmol) in t-Butanol (48 mL) and water (48 mL), AD-mix-alpha (18.0 g) was added at 0° C. and reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was quenched with anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography using 35% EtOAc/hexane to afford XXV.

Yield: 2.8 g, 80.92%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.13-7.00 (m, 2H), 6.88-6.85 (m, 1H), 3.90 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.81 (dd, J=11.1, 4.6 Hz, 1H), 3.67 (dd, J=11.0, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 2.54 (s, 1H), 1.83-1.79 (m, 2H), 1.58 (dd, J=8.1, 4.7 Hz, 1H), 1.29-1.27 (m, 2H), 0.77 (dd, J=8.0, 6.8 Hz, 3H), 0.70-0.58 (m, 2H), 0.37 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 2H).

Exemplary Procedure for the Preparation of (S)-2-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)-1-(methylsulfonyl)butan-2-ol (XXVI)

To a stirred solution of XXV (0.86 g, 3.38 mmol) and Et₃N (0.711 mL, 5.07 mmol) in dry DCM (8.6 mL), MsCl (0.31 mL, 4.06 mmol) was added at 0° C. and stirred at room temperature for 30 min. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was quenched with NaHCO₃ solution and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford XXVI.

Yield: 1.0 g, crude.

Exemplary Procedure for the Preparation of (S)-1-azido-2-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)butan-2-ol (XXVII)

To a stirred solution of XXVI (0.75 g, 2.20 mmol) in DMF (15 mL), sodium azide (0.586, 9.02 mmol) was added drop wise and stirred at 90° C. for 12 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography using 35% EtOAc/hexane to afford XXVII.

Exemplary Procedure for the Preparation of (S)-1-amino-2-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)butan-2-ol (XXVIII)

To a stirred solution of XXVII (0.3 g, 10.7 mmol) in EtOH (6 mL), 10% Pd/C (0.06 g) was added and stirred under hydrogen atmosphere (balloon pressure) at room temperature for 3 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was filtered through celite and filtrate was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography using 40% EtOAc/hexane to afford XXVIII.

Yield: 0.097 g, 34.7%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.15-7.05 (m, 2H), 6.93-6.89 (m, 1H), 4.82 (s, 1H), 3.87 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.79 (d, J=13.1 Hz, 1H), 2.70 (d, J=13.1 Hz, 1H), 1.75-1.61 (m, 2H), 1.25-1.22 (m, 1H), 0.68-0.50 (m, 5H), 0.40-0.26 (m, 2H).

Exemplary Procedure for the Preparation of (S)—N-(2-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)-2-hydroxybutyl)prop-2-ene-1-sulfonamide (XXIX)

To a stirred solution of XXVIII (1. g, 7.1 mmol) in dry DCM (25 mL), Et₃N (3.0 mL, 2.1 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature for 10 min. After that V (1.49 g, 1.0 mmol) in DCM (25 mL) was added drop wise and stirred at room temperature for 12 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography using 20-30% EtOAc/hexane to afford XXIX.

Yield: 0.8 g, 32%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.16-7.11 (m, 2H), 6.95-6.91 (m, 1H), 6.70 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 5.72-5.69 (m, 1H), 5.34-5.25 (m, 2H), 4.94 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 3.92-3.85 (m, 2H), 3.65-3.60 (m, 2H), 3.39-3.15 (m, 1H), 1.74 (q, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 1.25-1.21 (m, 2H), 0.66-0.52 (m, 5H), 0.33 (t, J=4.3 Hz, 2H).

Production Example 97: Synthesis of (S, E)-N-(2-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)-2-hydroxybutyl)-4-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)but-2-ene-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using (S)—N-(2-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)-2-hydroxybutyl)prop-2-ene-1-sulfonamide and 1-allylimidazolidine-2,4-dione the manner similar to the method in Production Example 3 above.

Yield: 0.037 g, 7.1%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.8 (s, 1H), 7.13-7.10 (m, 2H), 6.96-6.88 (m, 1H), 6.79-6.76 (m, 1H), 5.71-5.68 (m, 1H), 5.53-5.50 (m, 1H), 4.94 (s, 1H), 3.88-3.84 (m, 6H), 3.70-3.68 (m, 2H), 3.25-3.20 (m, 2H), 1.73-1.70 (m, 2H), 1.22-1.20 (m, 1H), 0.65-0.54 (m, 5H), 0.33-0.30 (m, 2H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₁H₂₈FN₃O₆S: 469.53; observed mass; 492.20 (M+Na); HPLC purity: 96.5%; R_(t): 7.7

Production Example 82: Synthesis of (S, E)-4-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)-N-(2-(4-fluoro-3-isobutoxyphenyl)-2-hydroxybutyl)but-2-ene-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using (S, E)-4-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)-N-(2-(4-fluoro-3-isobutoxyphenyl)-2-hydroxybutyl)but-2-ene-1-sulfonamide and 1-allylimidazolidine-2,4-dione the manner similar to the method in Production Example 3 above.

Yield: 0.022 g, 3.67%; ¹HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.8 (s, 1H), 7.18-7.06 (m, 2H), 6.98-6.92 (m, 1H), 6.77 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 5.70-5.67 (m, 1H), 5.52-5.49 (m, 1H), 4.96 (s, 1H), 3.87-3.77 (m, 6H), 3.70-3.68 (m, 2H), 3.30-3.28 (m, 2H), 2.11-1.96 (m, 1H), 1.74-1.71 (m, 2H), 0.98 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 6H), 0.60 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₁H₃₀FN₃O₆S: 471.54; observed mass; 489.30 (M+H₂O); HPLC purity: 94.7%; R_(t): 7.9

Production Example 98: Synthesis of (S)—N-(2-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)-2-hydroxybutyl)-4-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)butane-1-sulfonamide

The title compound was prepared using (S, E)-N-(2-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)-2-hydroxybutyl)-4-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)but-2-ene-1-sulfonamide in the manner similar to the method in Production Example 1 above.

Yield: 0.06 g, 48%; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.7 (s, 1H), 7.15-7.11 (m, 2H), 6.97-6.89 (m, 1H), 6.65 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 1H), 4.92 (s, 1H), 3.89-3.86 (m, 4H), 3.20-3.17 (m, 4H), 2.89-2.86 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.71 (m, 2H), 1.48-1.41 (m, 4H), 1.29-1.13 (m, 1H), 0.60-0.56 (m, 5H), 0.33-0.30 (m, 2H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₁H₃₀FN₃O₆S; observed mass; 470.25 (M−H); HPLC purity: 97.9; R_(t): 7.3.

Production Example 66a: Synthesis of (S)—N-(1-(1-chloro-3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)phenyl)ethyl)-5-(2, 4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pentane-1-sulfonamide

Step-1: Synthesis of 1-(4-chloro-3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)phenyl)ethan-1-one (3-a)

To a stirred solution of 1-a (3.0 g, 17.6 mmol) in DMF (25 mL) was added K₂CO₃ (7.3 g, 52.9 mmol) followed by addition of (bromomethyl)cyclopropane (2.8 g, 21.1 mmol) and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 4 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 3-a (3.2 g, crude).

Step-2: Synthesis of N-(1-(4-chloro-3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)phenyl)ethylidene)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide (5-a)

To a stirred solution of compound 3-a (3.2 g, 14.2 mmol) and compound 4-a (2.5 g, 21.4 mmol) in dry toluene (150 mL) was added Ti(O^(i)Pr)₄ (8.1 g, 28.5 mmol). The resultant mixture was heated at 90° C. for 16 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and quenched with water and filtered through a pad of Celite. The filtrate was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography using 10% EtOAc/hexane to afford compound 5-a (2.4 g, crude). LCMS: 327.95 (M+1).

Step-3: Synthesis of (S)—N—((S)-1-(4-chloro-3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)phenyl)ethyl)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide (6-a)

To a stirred solution of DIBAL-H (1M solution in toluene, 22 mL, 22.0 mmol) in dry toluene (10 mL), was added a solution of compound 5-a (2.4 g, 7.33 mmol) in toluene (10 mL) dropwise at −78° C. The resultant mixture was stirred at same temperature for 3 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was quenched with NH₄Cl solution and diluted with EtOAc. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite and extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography using 10% EtOAc/hexane to afford compound 6-a (1.6 g, 66%). LCMS: 330.1 (M+1).

Step-4: Synthesis of (S)-1-(4-fluoro-3-propoxyphenyl)ethan-1-amine hydrochloride (7-a)

To a stirred solution of compound 6-a (1.6 g, 4.86 mmol) in MeOH (15 mL), was added 4M HCl in dioxane (2.4 mL, 9.72 mmol) and the resulting mixture stirred at room temperature for 3 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by trituration with diethyl ether to afford 7-a (0.9 g, 75%). LCMS: 208.9 (M−18).

¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.42 (s, 3H), 7.42 (d, J=8.7 Hz H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 4.42-4.38 (m, 1H), 3.96 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 1.45-1.42 (s, 3H), 1.28-1.0 (m, 2H), 0.62-0.56 (m, 2H), 0.38-0.34 (m, 2H).

Step 5: Synthesis of 3-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)imidazolidine-2,4-dione (9-a)

To a stirred solution of compound 8-a (6.0 g, 60.0 mmol) and DIPEA (30 mL, 180 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (60 mL) was added SEM-Cl (12.7 mL, 72.0 mmol) at 0° C. over a period of 1 h and stirred at the room temperature for 16 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC for complete consumption of compound 8-a. The reaction mixture was quenched with NH₄Cl solution (150 mL) and extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (150 mL×2). The combined organic extracts was washed with 2N HCl (75 mL×2) and brine (100 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford compound 9-a (9.2 g, crude).

¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 4.98 (s, 2H), 4.0 (s, 3H), 3.60-3.55 (m, 2H), 0.98-0.95 (m, 2H), 0.09 (s, 9H).

Step 6: Synthesis of (1-(5-bromopentyl)-3-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)imidazolidine-2, 4-dione (11-a)

To a stirred solution of compound 9-a (3.0 g, 13.0 mmol) in ACN (50 mL) was added CS₂CO₃ (12.7 g, 39.1 mmol) followed by addition of compound 10-a (6.0 g, 26.0 mmol) and stirred at 80° C. for 4 h. After completion, Reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and residue was taken in saturated solution of water (150 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (150 mL×2). The organic extract was washed with brine (150 mL) respectively then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to dryness. The residue was purified by combiflash chromatography (eluting with 3-4% MeOH in DCM) to afford 11-a (2.8 g, 56%).

¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 4.73 (s, 2H), 4.02 (s, 2H), 3.52-3.50 (m, 4H), 3.22-3.20 (m, 2H), 1.85-1.79 (m, 2H), 1.59-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.41-1.34 (m, 2H), 0.88-0.82 (m, 2H), 0.09 (s, 9H).

Step 7: Synthesis of S-(5-(2,4-dioxo-3-(2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)imidazolidin-1-yl)pentyl)ethanethioate (12-a)

To a solution of compound 11-a (2.8 g, 7.38 mmol) in DMF (30 mL) was added AcSK (1 g, 8.86 mmol) at 0° C. and stirred at room temperature for 1 h. After completion of starting material, the reaction mixture was diluted with water (75 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (75 mL×3). The organic extract was washed with brine (50 mL) respectively then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 12-a (2.6 g, crude). It was carried forward to the next step without purification.

Step 8: Synthesis of 5-(2, 4-dioxo-3-((2-(trimethylsilyl) ethoxy) methyl) imidazolidin-1-yl) pentane-1-sulfonyl Chloride (13-a)

2N HCl (4 mL) was added to a stirred solution of compound 12-a (2.6 g, 6.87 mmol) in acetonitrile (40 mL) at 0° C. This was followed by portion-wise addition of N-chlorosuccinimide (3.67 g, 27.5 mol) over 30 min and the reaction mixture was warned to room temperature, stirred for 1 h. Reaction progress was monitored by TLC. Upon complete consumption of 12-a, reaction mixture was quenched with ice-cold water (150 mL) and extracted with diethyl ether (150 mL×2). The combined organic extracts was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (150 mL) and brine (75 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 13-a as an off-white solid (1.9 g, 69.3%).

¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 4.90 (s, 2H), 3.89 (s, 2H), 3.69-3.59 (m, 2H), 3.46-3.42 (m, 2H), 2.13-2.0 (m, 2H), 1.70-1.64 (m, 2H), 1.62-1.52 (m, 2H), 1.27-1.23 (m, 2H), 0.96-0.92 (m, 2H), 0.004 (s, 9H),

Step 9: Synthesis of (S)—N-(1-(4-chloro-3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)phenyl)ethyl)-5-(2,4-dioxo-3-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)imidazolidin-1-yl)pentane-1-sulfonamide (14-a)

To a stirred solution of compound 7-a —HCl salt (0.2 g, 0.76 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (5 mL) was added triethylamine (0.25 mL, 2.28 mmol) at 0° C. and stirred. To this reaction mixture was added compound 13-a (0.33 g, 0.83 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (5 mL) dropwise over 25 min at 0° C. and stirred at the same temperature for 3 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC for complete consumption of compound 7-a. The reaction mixture was quenched with water (25 mL) and extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (25 mL×2). The combined organic extracts was washed with water (25 mL×2) and brine (25 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was purified by silica gel flash chromatography using 15-20% EtOAc/hexanes to afford 14-a as an off-white solid (0.155 g, 34%). LCMS: 588.05 (M+1).

Step 10: Synthesis of (S)—N-(1-(4-chloro-3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)phenyl)ethyl)-5-(2, 4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl) pentane-1-sulfonamide (Production Example 66a)

To a stirred solution of compound 14-a (0.15 g, 0.52 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added TFA (0.3 mL) at 0° C. and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC till complete consumption of compound 14-a. Reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and residue was taken in saturated solution of NaHCO₃ solution (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×2). The organic extract was washed with water (50 mL×2) and brine (10 mL) respectively then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to dryness. The residue was purified by combiflash chromatography (eluting with 3-4% MeOH in DCM) to afford Production Example 66a as a white sticky solid (75 mg, 64% yield).

¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.68 (s, 1H), 7.69 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (s, 6.93 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 4.40-4.35 (m, 1H), 3.94-3.84 (m, 4H), 3.12 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.82-2.77 (m, 1H), 2.63-2.60 (m, 1H), 1.59-1.38 (m, 2H), 1.38-0.99 (m, 8H), 0.58 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 0.35 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₀H₂₈ClN₃O₅S: 457.97, observed mass; 456.05 (M−H); purity: 97.7%

Production Example 67a: Synthesis of (S)—N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl) ethyl)-5-(24-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl) pentane-1-sulfonamide

Step-1: Synthesis of 3-hydroxy-N-methoxy-N-methyl-4-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide (2-b)

To a stirred solution of compound 1-b (3.5 g, 16.9 mmol) in DCM (35 mL), was added triethylamine (4.72 mL, 33.9 mmol) followed by addition of N,O-dimethylhydroxylamine.HCl (1.98 g, 20.3 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 20 min EDC.HCl (4.88 g, 25.4 mmol) was added at 0° C. and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was quenched with NaHCO₃ solution and extracted with DCM. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford compound 2-b (2.0 g, crude), LCMS: 250.15 (M+1).

Step-2: Synthesis of 3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-N-methoxy-N-methyl-4-(trifluoromethyl) benzamide (4-b)

To a stirred solution of compound 2-b (2.0 g, 8.03 mmol) in DMF (20 mL), was added K₂CO₃ (2.21 g, 16.0 mmol) followed by (bromomethyl)cyclopropane (0.9 mL, 9.63 mmol) and the reaction mixture refluxed for 5 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography using 25-30% EtOAc/hexane to afford compound 4-b (1.0 g, 40%). LCMS: 304.05 (M+1).

Step-3: Synthesis of 1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl) ethan-1-one (6-b)

To a stirred solution of compound 4-b (0.7 g, 2.31 mmol) in dry THF (15 mL) was added methyl magnesium bromide (3.0 M in THF, 1.5 mL, 4.62 mmol) at −10° C. The resultant mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was quenched with NH₄Cl solution and diluted with EtOAc. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite and extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography using 10% EtOAc/hexane to afford compound 6-b (0.4 g, 67.4%). LCMS: 259.20 (M+1).

Step-4: Synthesis of (S)—N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethylidene)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide (8-b)

To a stirred solution of compound 6-b (0.4 g, 1.55 mmol) and compound 7-b (0.3 g, 2.48 mmol) in dry toluene (10 mL) was added Ti(O^(i)Pr)₄ (1.32 g, 4.65 mmol). The resultant mixture was heated at reflux for 16 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite, the filtrate was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography using 10% EtOAc/hexane to afford compound 8-b (0.33 g, 60%). LCMS: 362.1 (M+1).

Step-5: Synthesis of (S)—N—((S)-1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl) ethyl)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide (9-b)

To a stirred solution of DIBAL-H (1M solution in toluene, 1.85 mL, 2.77 mmol) in dry toluene (5 mL), was added a solution of compound 8-b (0.33 g, 0.92 mmol) in toluene (5 mL) dropwise at −78° C. The resultant mixture was stirred at same temperature for 3 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was quenched with NH₄Cl solution and diluted with EtOAc. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite and extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and evaporated under reduced pressure to afford compound 9-b (0.33 g, crude). LCMS: 364.15 (M+1).

Step-6: Synthesis of (S)-1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl) ethan-1-amine hydrochloride (10-b)

To a stirred solution of compound 9-b (0.33 g, 0.91 mmol) in MeOH (8 mL), was added 4M HCl in dioxane (0.5 mL) and the resulting mixture stirred at room temperature for 3 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by trituration with diethyl ether to afford 10-b (0.14 g, 53%). LCMS: 261.1 (M+1).

Step 7: Synthesis of (S)—N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl) ethyl)-5-(1,3-dioxoisoindolin-2-yl)pentane-1-sulfonamide (12-b)

To a stirred solution of compound 10-b —HCl salt (0.14 g, 0.48 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (5 mL) was added triethylamine (0.24 mL, 2.42 mmol) at 0° C. and stirred. To this reaction mixture was added compound 11-b (0.22 g, 0.72 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (5 mL) dropwise over 25 min at 0° C. and stirred at the same temperature for 3 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC for complete consumption of compound 11-b. The reaction mixture was quenched with water (25 mL) and extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (75 mL×2). The combined organic extracts was washed with brine (25 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was purified by silica gel flash chromatography using 15-20% EtOAc/hexanes to afford 12-b as an off-white solid (0.17 g, 67%). LCMS: 539.15 (M+1).

Step 8: Synthesis of (S)-5-amino-N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl) ethyl) pentane-1-sulfonamide (13-b)

To a stirred solution of compound 12-b (0.17 g, 0.32 mmol) in methanol (5 mL) was added hydrazine hydrate (99%, 0.19 mL, 1.62 mmol) at 0° C. Then ice bath was removed and the reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 3 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC. After completion, methanol was removed from reaction mixture under reduced pressure. The crude material was dissolved in 2N HCl (6 mL) and washed with diethyl ether (10 mL×3). The aqueous layer was basified with aq. ammonia (pH=˜8) and extracted with ethyl acetate (10 mL×2). The organic extracts was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 13-b as a sticky mass (0.11 g, crude), This product was carried forward to the next step without purification. LCMS: 409.2 (M+1).

Step 9: Synthesis of ethyl (S)-(5-(N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl) ethyl) sulfamoyl) pentyl) glycinate (15-b)

To a solution of compound 13-b (0.11 g, 0.28 mmol) in ethanol (5 mL), was added ethyl 2-oxoacetate (50% solution in toluene, 0.03 mL, 0.31 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 1 h. To this was added a solution of NaCNBH₃ (20 mg, 0.33 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL; containing 1 drop of AcOH) dropwise over 10 min at room temperature and reaction mixture was further stirred for 5 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC for complete consumption of compound 13-b. Ethanol was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was taken in saturated NaHCO₃ solution (25 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (25 mL×2). The organic extract was washed with brine (25 mL) respectively then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 15-b (0.04 g, crude). It was carried forward to the next step without purification. LCMS: 495.1 (M+1).

Step 10: Synthesis of (S)—N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl) ethyl)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pentane-1-sulfonamide (Production Example 67a)

To a stirred solution of compound 15-b (0.04 g, 0.08 mmol) in AcOH (2 mL) was added KOCN (14 mg, 0.16 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h then heated at 60° C. for 12 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. Reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and residue was taken in saturated solution of NaHCO₃ solution (15 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (15 mL×2). The organic extract was washed with water (15 mL×2) and brine (20 mL) respectively then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to dryness. The residue was purified by combiflash chromatography (eluting with 3-4% MeOH in DCM) to afford Production Example 67a as a white solid (40 mg, crude). 40 mg crude compound subject to prep HPLC purification which afforded 4 mg of Production Example 67a compound with 76% HPLC purity.

Production Example 68a: Synthesis of (S)—N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-methylphenyl) ethyl)-5-(2, 4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl) pentane-1-sulfonamide

Step-1: Synthesis of 1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-methylphenyl) ethan-1-one (2-c)

To a stirred solution of compound 1-c (3.0 g, 20.0 mmol) in DMF (50 mL), was added K₂CO₃ (8.2 g, 60.0 mmol) followed by addition of (bromomethyl)cyclopropane (3.2 g, 24 mmol) and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 4 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 3-c (3.2 g, crude). LCMS: 205.05 (M+1).

Step-2: Synthesis of (S)—N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-methylphenyl)ethylidene)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide (5-c)

To a stirred solution of compound 3-c (3.2 g, 15.6 mmol) and compound 4-c (2.8 g, 23.5 mmol) in dry toluene (150 mL) was added Ti(O^(i)Pr)₄ (8.9 g, 31.3 mmol). The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and quenched with water, filtered through a pad of Celite. The filtrate was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography using 10% EtOAc/hexane to afford compound 5-c (2.8 g, 62%). LCMS: 308.15 (M+1).

Step-3: Synthesis of (S)—N—((S)-1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-methylphenyl) ethyl)-2-methyl propane-2-sulfinamide (6-c)

To a stirred solution of DIBAL-H (1M solution in toluene, 2.7 mL, 27.3 mmol) in dry toluene (15 mL), was added a solution of compound 5-c (2.8 g, 9.1 mmol) in toluene (10 mL) dropwise at −78° C. The resultant mixture was stirred at same temperature for 3 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was quenched with NH₄Cl solution and diluted with EtOAc. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite and extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography using 10% EtOAc/hexane to afford compound 6-c (2.0 g, 71%). LCMS: 310 (M+1).

Step-4: Synthesis of (8)-1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-methylphenyl) ethan-1-amine Hydrochloride (7-c)

To a stirred solution of compound 6-c (2.0 g, 6.47 mmol) in MeOH (20 mL), was added 4M HCl in dioxane (3.2 mL, 12.9 mmol) and the resulting mixture stirred at room temperature for 3 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by trituration with diethyl ether to afford 7-c (0.9 g, 61%). LCMS: 207.85 (M+1).

¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.60 (s, 3H), 7.10-7.07 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 6.98-6.88 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 4.15-4.12 (m, 1H), 4.05-4.0 (m, 1H), 3.83-3.85 (m, 2H), 2.12 (s, 3H), 1.46-1.35 (m, 3H), 0.62-0.50 (m, 2H), 0.33-0.23 (m, 2H).

Step 5: Synthesis of (S)—N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-methylphenyl)ethyl)-5-(1,3-dioxoisoindolin-2-yl) pentane-1-sulfonamide (9-c)

To a stirred solution of compound 7-c-HCl salt (0.3 g, 1.23 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (5 mL) was added triethylamine (0.68 mL, 4.89 mmol) at 0° C. and stirred. To this reaction mixture was added compound 8-c (0.47 g, 1.48 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (5 mL) dropwise over 25 min at 0° C. and stirred at the same temperature for 3 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC for complete consumption of compound 7-c. The reaction mixture was quenched with water (50 mL) and extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (50 mL×2). The combined organic layer extract was washed with water (50 mL×2) and brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was purified by silica gel flash chromatography using 15-20% EtOAc/hexanes to afford 9-c as an off-white solid (0.42 g, 70%). LCMS: 485.2 (M+1).

Step 6: Synthesis of (S)-5-amino-N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-methylphenyl) ethyl) pentane-1-sulfonamide (10-c)

To a stirred solution of compound 9-c (0.44 g, 0.9 mmol) in methanol (5 mL) was added hydrazine hydrate (99%, 227 mL, 4.54 mmol) at 0° C. and stirred at room temperature for 3 h. Then ice bath was removed and the reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 5 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC till the complete consumption of compound 9-c. After completion, methanol was removed from reaction mixture under reduced pressure. The crude material was dissolved in 2N HCl (10 mL) and washed with diethyl ether (10 mL×3). The aqueous layer was basified with aq ammonia (pH=˜8) and extracted with ethyl acetate (10 mL×4). The organic extracts was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 10-c as a sticky mass (0.22 g, 68% yield). This product was carried forward to the next step without purification. LCMS: 355.15 (M+1).

Step 7: Synthesis of ethyl (S)-(5-(N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-methylphenyl) ethyl) sulfamoyl) pentyl) glycinate (11-c)

To a solution of compound 10-c (0.22 g, 0.62 mmol) in ethanol (5 mL) was added ethyl 2-oxoacetate (50% solution in toluene, 0.15 mL, 0.68 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 1 h. To this was added a solution of NaCNBH₃ (47 mg, 0.74 mmol) in ethanol (5 mL; containing 2 drops of AcOH) dropwise over 10 min at room temperature and reaction mixture was further stirred for 3 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC for complete consumption of compound 10-c. Ethanol was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was taken in saturated NaHCO₃ solution (10 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (10 mL×3). The organic extract was washed with water (5 mL×3) and brine (10 mL) respectively then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 11-c (0.3 g, crude). It was carried forward to the next step without purification. LCMS: 441.15 (M+1).

Step 8: Synthesis of (S)—N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-methylphenyl) ethyl)-5-(2, 4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl) pentane-1-sulfonamide (Production Example 68a)

To a stirred solution of compound 11-c (0.3 g, 0.68 mmol) in AcOH (5 mL) was added KOCN (110 mg, 1.36 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h then heated at 60° C. for 6 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue treated with saturated solution of NaHCO₃ solution (10 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (15 mL×2) The organic extract was washed with water (10 mL×2) and brine (10 mL) respectively then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to dryness. The residue was purified by combiflash chromatography (eluting with 3-4% MeOH in DCM) to afford Production Example 68a as a white solid (120 mg, 40%).

¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.69 (s, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (d, J=1.7 Hz, 1H), 6.81 (dd, J=7.6, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 4.40-4.28 (m, 1H), 3.89-3.80 (m, 4H), 3.11 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.72-2.62 (m, 2H), 2.51-2.40 (m, 2H), 2.12 (s, 3H), 1.46-1.35 (m, 3H), 1.38-1.18 (m, 2H), 1.11-1.05 (m, 2H), 0.98-0.95 (m, 1H), 0.62-0.50 (m, 2H), 0.33-0.23 (m, 2H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₁H₃₁N₃O₅S: 437.56, observed mass; 436.1 (M−H); HPLC purity: 96.07%.

Production Example 69a: Synthesis of (S)—N-(1-(5-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-2-fluorophenyl) ethyl)-5-(2, 4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl) pentane-1-sulfonamide

Step-1: Synthesis of 1-(5-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-2-fluorophenyl)ethan-1-one (3-d)

To a stirred solution of 1-d (2.5 g, 16.2 mmol) in DMF (30 mL), was added K₂CO₃ (6.7 g, 48.7 mmol) followed by addition of (bromomethyl)cyclopropane (2.6 g, 19.4 mmol) and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 5 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 3-d (2.6 g, crude). LCMS: 209.0 (M+1).

Step-2: Synthesis of N-(1-(5-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-2-fluorophenyl)ethylidene)pivalamide (5-d)

To a stirred solution of compound 3-d (2.06 g, 12.44 mmol) and compound 4-d (2.25 g, 18.6 mmol) in dry toluene (50 mL) was added Ti(O^(i)Pr)₄ (7.0 g, 24.8 mmol). The resultant mixture was heated at 90° C. for 16 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and quenched with water, filtered through a pad of Celite. The filtrate was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography using 10% EtOAc/hexane to afford compound 5-d (1.6 g, 42%). LCMS: 292.05 (M+1).

Step-3: Synthesis of (S)—N-(1-(5-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-2-fluorophenyl) ethyl) pivalamide (6-d)

To a stirred solution of DIBAL-H (1M solution in toluene, 12.8 mL, 12.86 mmol) in dry toluene (5 mL), was added a solution of compound 5-d (1.6 g, 5.14 mmol) in toluene (10 mL) dropwise at −78° C. The resultant mixture was stirred at same temperature for 3 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was quenched with NH₄Cl solution and diluted with EtOAc. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite and extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography using 10% EtOAc/hexane to afford compound 6-d (0.8 g, 50%). LCMS: 294.15 (M+1).

Step-4: Synthesis of (S)—N-(1-(5-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-2-fluorophenyl) ethyl) pivalamide (7-d)

To a stirred solution of compound 6-d (0.8 g, 2.55 mL) in MeOH (5 mL), was added 4M HCl in dioxane (1.27 mL, 5.11 mmol) and the resulting mixture stirred at room temperature for 3 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by trituration with diethyl ether to afford 7-d (0.4 g, 63%).

¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.60 (s, 3H), 7.10-7.09 (m, 2H), 6.98-6.94 (m, 1H), 4.60-4.55 (m, 1H), 3.82 (s, 2H), 1.45 (s, 3H), 1.25-1.20 (m, 2H), 0.61-0.52 (m, 2H), 0.35-0.27 (m, 2H).

Step 5: Synthesis of (S)—N-(1-(5-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-2-fluorophenyl)ethyl)-5-(1, 3-dioxoisoindolin-2-yl) pentane-1-sulfonamide (9-d)

To a stirred solution of compound 7-d —HCl salt (0.4 g, 1.63 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (10 mL) was added triethylamine (0.68 mL, 4.89 mmol) at 0° C. and stirred. To this reaction mixture was added compound 8-d (0.56 g, 1.79 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (5 mL) dropwise over 25 min at 0° C. and stirred at the same temperature for 3 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC for complete consumption of compound 7, The reaction mixture was quenched with water (50 mL) and extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (50 mL×2). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (50 mL×2) and brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was purified by silica gel flash chromatography using 15-20% EtOAc/hexanes to afford 9-d as an off-white solid (0.25 g, 31%). LCMS: 489.2 (M+1).

Step 6: Synthesis of (S)-5-amino-N-(1-(5-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-2-fluorophenyl) ethyl) pentane-1-sulfonamide (10-d)

To a stirred solution of compound 9-d (0.25 g, 0.51 mmol) in methanol (2 mL) was added hydrazine hydrate (99%, 13 μL, 2.56 mmol) at 0° C. and stirred at room temperature for 3 h. Then ice bath was removed and the reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 5 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC till the complete consumption of compound 9-d. After completion, methanol was removed from reaction mixture under reduced pressure. The crude material was dissolved in 2N HCl (10 mL) and washed with diethyl ether (10 mL×3). The aqueous layer was basified with aq. ammonia (pH=˜8) and extracted with ethyl acetate (10 mL×4). The organic extracts was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 10-d as a sticky mass (0.15 g, 84% yield). This product was carried forward to the next step without purification. LCMS: 359.05 (M+1).

Step 7: Synthesis of ethyl (S)-(5-(N-(1-(5-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-2-fluorophenyl) ethyl) sulfamoyl) pentyl) glycinate (11-d)

To a solution of compound 10-d (0.15 g, 0.43 mmol) in ethanol (2 mL) was added ethyl 2-oxoacetate (50% solution in toluene, 0.1 mL, 0.47 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 1 h. To this was added a solution of NaCNBH₃ (33.1 mg, 0.51 mmol) in ethanol (5 mL; containing 2 drops of AcOH) dropwise over 10 min at room temperature and reaction mixture was further stirred for 4 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC for complete consumption of compound 10-d. Ethanol was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was taken in saturated NaHCO₃ solution (10 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (10 mL×3). The organic extract was washed with water (5 mL×3) and brine (10 mL) respectively then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 11-d (0.2 g, crude). It was carried forward to the next step without purification. LCMS: 445.1 (M+1).

Step 8: Synthesis of (S)—N-(1-(5-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-2-fluorophenyl) ethyl)-5-(2, 4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl) pentane-1-sulfonamide (Production Example 69a)

To a stirred solution of compound 11-d (0.2 g, 0.44 mmol) in AcOH (2 mL) was added KOCN (73 mg, 0.89 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h then heated at 60° C. for 6 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and residue was taken in saturated solution of NaHCO₃ solution (10 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (15 mL×2). The organic extract was washed with water (10 mL×2) and brine (10 mL) respectively then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to dryness. The residue was purified by combiflash chromatography (eluting with 3-4% MeOH in DCM) to afford Production Example 69a as a white solid (65 mg, 32% yield).

¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.70 (s, 1H), 7.77 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.13-7.01 (m, 2H), 6.81-6.78 (m, 1H), 4.68-4.62 (m, 1H), 3.88 (s, 2H), 3.78 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.14 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.88-2.80 (m, 1H), 2.64-2.60 (m, 1H), 1.58-1.43 (m, 2H), 1.36-1.31 (m, 6H), 1.28-1.04 (m, 2H), 0.61-0.52 (m, 2H), 0.35-0.27 (m, 2H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₀H₂₈FN₃O₅S: 441.52, observed mass; 440 (M−H); HPLC purity: 97.51%.

Production Example 70a: Synthesis of (S)—N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-fluorophenyl) ethyl)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pentane-1-sulfonamide

Step 1: Synthesis of 1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-2-fluorophenyl)ethan-1-one (3-e)

To a stirred solution of 1-e (3.0 g, 19.4 mmol) in DMF (30 mL) was added K₂CO₃ (8.0 g, 58.4 mmol) followed by addition of (bromomethyl)cyclopropane (2-e) (3.1 g, 23.3 mmol) and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 4 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO_(d) and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 3-e (3.4 g, crude).

Step 2: Synthesis of (S)—N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-2-fluorophenyl)ethylidene)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide (5-e)

To a stirred solution of compound 3-e (3.4 g, 16.2 mmol) and compound 4-c (2.95 g, 24.4 mmol) in dry toluene (50 mL) was added Ti(O^(i)Pr)₄ (9.2 g, 32.5 mmol). The resultant mixture was heated at 90° C. for 16 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and quenched with water, filtered through a pad of Celite. The filtrate was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography using 10% EtOAc/hexane to afford compound 5-e (3.2 g, 63%).

¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.12-7.08 (m, 1H), 7.05-7.01 (m, 2H), 3.82-3.87 (m, 2H), 2.76 (s, 2H), 1.32 (s, 9H), 0.67-0.64 (m, 2H), 0.38-0.36 (m, 2H).

Step 3: Synthesis of (S)—N—((S)-1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-2-fluorophenyl) ethyl)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide (6-e)

To a stirred solution of DIBAL-H (1M solution in toluene, 30.0 mL, 30.8 mmol) in dry toluene (10 mL), was added a solution of compound 5-e (3.2 g, 10.2 mmol) in toluene (10 mL) dropwise at −78° C. The resultant mixture was stirred at same temperature for 3 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was quenched with NH₄Cl solution and diluted with EtOAc. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite and extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography using 10% EtOAc/hexane to afford compound 6-e (1.8 g, 56%).

Step 4: Synthesis of (5)-1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-2-fluorophenyl) ethan-1-amine hydrochloride (7-e)

To a stirred solution of compound 6-e (1.8 g, 5.75 mmol) in MeOH (20 mL), was added 4M HCl in dioxane (2.8 mL, 11.5 mmol) and the resulting mixture stirred at room temperature for 3 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by trituration with diethyl ether to afford 7-e (0.9 g, 64%).

¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.62 (s, 3H), 7.21-7.08 (m, 3H), 4.61-4.48 (m, 1H), 3.82-3.80 (m, 2H), 1.42-1.40 (m, 2H), 1.22-1.18 (m, 1H), 0.60-0.56 (m, 2H), 0.38-0.26 (m, 2H).

Step 5: Synthesis of (S)—N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-2-fluorophenyl) ethyl)-5-(1,3-dioxoisoindolin-2-yl)pentane-1-sulfonamide (9-e)

To a stirred solution of compound 7-e —HCl salt (0.3 g, 1.22 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (5 mL) was added triethylamine (0.5 mL, 3.67 mmol) at 0° C. and stirred. To this reaction mixture was added compound 8-e (0.46 g, 1.46 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (5 mL) dropwise over 25 min at 0° C. and stirred at the same temperature for 3 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC for complete consumption of compound 7-e. The reaction mixture was quenched with water (50 mL) and extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (50 mL×2). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (50 mL×2) and brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was purified by silica gel flash chromatography using 15-20% EtOAc/hexanes to afford 9-e as an off-white solid (0.43 g, 72%). LCMS: 489.15 (M+1).

Step 6: Synthesis of (S)-5-amino-N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-2-fluorophenyl) ethyl) pentane-1-sulfonamide (10-e)

To a stirred solution of compound 9-e (0.42 g, 0.86 mmol) in methanol (5 mL), was added hydrazine hydrate (99%, 215 mg, 4.30 mmol) at 0° C. and stirred at room temperature for 3 h. Then ice bath was removed and the reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 5 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC till the complete consumption of compound 9-e. After completion, methanol was removed from reaction mixture under reduced pressure. The crude material was dissolved in 2N HCl (10 mL) and washed with diethyl ether (25 mL×3). The aqueous layer was basified with aq, ammonia (pH=˜8) and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL×2). The organic extracts was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 10-e as a sticky mass (0.15 g, 84% yield). This product was carried forward to the next step without purification. LCMS: 359 (M+1).

Step 7: Synthesis of ethyl (S)-(5-(N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-2-fluorophenyl) ethyl) sulfamoyl) pentyl) glycinate (11-e)

To a solution of compound 10-e (0.26 g, 0.72 mmol) in ethanol (4 mL) was added ethyl 2-oxoacetate (50% solution in toluene, 163 μL, 0.79 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 1 h. To this was added a solution of NaCNBH₄ (56.7 mg, 0.87 mmol) in ethanol (5 mL; containing 2 drops of AcOH) dropwise over 10 min at room temperature and reaction mixture was further stirred for 4 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC for complete consumption of compound 10-e. Ethanol was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was taken in saturated NaHCO₃, solution (25 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (25 mL×3). The organic extract was washed with water (20 mL×2) and brine (20 mL) respectively then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 11-e (0.3 g, crude). It was carried forward to the next step without purification. LCMS: 445.15 (M+1).

Step 8: Synthesis of (S)—N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-2-fluorophenyl) ethyl)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pentane-1-sulfonamide (Production Example 70a)

To a stirred solution of compound 11-e (0.3 g, 0.67 mmol) in AcOH (2 mL) was added KOCN (0.1 g, 1.34 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h then heated at 60° C. for 6 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. Reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and residue was taken in saturated solution of NaHCO₃ solution (15 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (1.5 mL×2). The organic extract was washed with water (15 mL×2) and brine (15 mL) respectively then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to dryness. The residue was purified by combiflash chromatography (eluting with 3-4% MeOH in DCM) to afford Production Example 70a as a white solid (0.123 mg, 41%).

¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.68 (s, 1H), 7.80 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.13-6.94 (m, 3H), 4.71-4.65 (m, 1H), 3.89-3.77 (m, 4H), 3.13 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.84-2.80 (m, 1H), 2.62-2.59 (m, 1H), 1.58-1.51 (m, 2H), 1.35 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 5H), 1.28-1.02 (m, 3H), 0.56-0.52 (m, 2H), 0.29-0.22 (m, 2H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₀H₂₈FN₃O₅S: 441.52, observed mass; 440.05 (M−H); HPLC purity: 99.08%.

Production Example 71a: Synthesis of (S)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)-N-(1-(4-fluoro-3-propoxyphenyl) ethyl) pentane-1-sulfonamide

Step 1: Synthesis of 1-(4-fluoro-3-propoxyphenyl) ethan-1-one (3-f)

To a stirred solution of 1-f (3.0 g, 19.4 mmol) in DMF (50 mL) was added K₂CO₃ (8.0 g, 58.4 mmol) followed by addition of 1-bromopropane (2-f) (4.75 g, 38.9 mmol) and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 4 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 3-f (4.0 g, crude).

1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.65-7.57 (m, 1H), 7.52-7.48 (m, 1H), 7.12 (t, J=53 Hz, 1H), 4.06-4.03 (m, 2H), 2.66 (s, 3H), 1.92-1.82 (m, 2H). 1.07-1.04 (m, 3H).

Step 2: Synthesis of (S)—N-(1-(4-fluoro-3-propoxyphenyl)ethylidene)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide (5-f)

To a stirred solution of compound 3-f (4.0 g, 20.4 mmol) and compound 4-f (3.95 g, 51.0 mmol) in dry toluene (40 mL) was added Ti(O^(i)Pr)₄ (14.4 g, 32.6 mmol). The resultant mixture was heated at 90° C. for 16 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and quenched with water, filtered through a pad of Celite. The filtrate was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography to afford compound 5-f (5.82 g, crude). LCMS: 300.05 (M+1).

Step 3: Synthesis of (S)—N—((S)-1-(4-fluoro-3-propoxyphenyl) ethyl)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide (64)

To a stirred solution of DIBAL-H (1M solution in toluene, 25 mL, 25.0 mmol) in dry toluene (10 mL), was added a solution of compound 5-f (3.0 g, 10.0 mmol) in toluene (10 mL) dropwise at −78° C. The resultant mixture was stirred at same temperature for 3 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was quenched with NH₄Cl solution and diluted with EtOAc. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite and extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography using 10% EtOAc/hexane to afford compound 6-f (1.6 g, 8.53%). LCMS: 302.15 (M+1).

Step 4: Synthesis of (S)-1-(4-fluoro-3-propoxyphenyl) ethan-1-amine hydrochloride (7-f)

To a stirred solution of compound 6-f (1.6 g, 5.31 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL), was added 4M HCl in dioxane (1.5 mL, 5.84 mmol) and the resulting mixture stirred at room temperature for 3 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by trituration with diethyl ether to afford 7-f (0.7 g, 57%).

Step 5: Synthesis of (S)-5-(1,3-dioxoisoindolin-2-yl)-N-(1-(4-fluoro-3-propoxyphenyl)ethyl) pentane-1-sulfonamide (9-f)

To a stirred solution of compound 7-f —HCl salt (0.7 g, 3.0 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (5 mL) was added triethylamine (2.0 mL, 15.0 mmol) at 0° C. and stirred. To this reaction mixture was added compound 8-f (1.4 g, 4.5 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (5 mL) dropwise over 25 min at 0° C. and stirred at the same temperature for 3 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC for complete consumption of compound 7-f. The reaction mixture was quenched with water (50 mL) and extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (50 mL×2). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (25 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was purified by silica gel flash chromatography using 15-20% EtOAc/hexanes to afford 9-f as an off-white solid (1.4 g, 98%). LCMS: 494.2 (M−18).

Step 6: Synthesis of (S)-5-amino-N-(1-(4-fluoro-3-propoxyphenyl) ethyl) pentane-1-sulfonamide (10-f)

To a stirred solution of compound 8-f (1.5 g, 3.15 mmol) in methanol (5 mL) was added hydrazine hydrate (99%, 0.78 mL, 15.5 mmol) at 0° C. and stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The ice bath was removed and the reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 5 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC. After completion, methanol was removed from reaction mixture tinder reduced pressure. The crude material was dissolved in 2N HCl (10 mL) and washed with diethyl ether (10 mL×3). The aqueous layer was basified with aq. ammonia (pH=˜8) and extracted with ethyl acetate (10 mL×4). The organic extracts was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 10-f as a sticky mass (1.0 g, 91.7% yield). This product was carried forward to the next step without purification. LCMS: 347.05 (M+1).

Step 7: Synthesis of ethyl (S)-(5-(N-(1-(4-fluoro-3-propoxyphenyl) ethyl) sulfamoyl) pentyl) glycinate (11-f)

To a solution of compound 10-f (1.0 g, 2.89 mmol) in methanol (10 mL) was added ethyl 2-oxoacetate (50% solution in toluene, 0.3 mL, 3.17 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 1 h. To this was added a solution of NaCNBH₃ (0.21 mg, 3.46 mmol) in ethanol (5 mL; containing 2 drops of AcOH) dropwise over 10 min at room temperature and reaction mixture was further stirred for 4 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC for complete consumption of compound 10-f. Ethanol was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was taken in saturated NaHCO₃ solution (25 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (25 mL×3). The organic extract was washed with water (25 mL×3) and brine (25 mL) respectively then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 11-f (0.5 g, crude). It was carried forward to the next step without purification. LCMS: 433.1 (M+1).

Step 8: Synthesis of (S)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)-N-(1-(4-fluoro-3-propoxyphenyl) ethyl) pentane-1-sulfonamide (Production Example 71a)

To a stirred solution of compound 11-f (0.5 g, 1.16 mmol) in AcOH (4 mL) was added KOCN (0.18 g, 2.32 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h then heated at 60° C. for 6 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. Reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and residue was taken in saturated solution of NaHCO₃ solution (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×2). The organic extract was washed with water (50 mL×2) and brine (10 mL) respectively then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to dryness. The residue was purified by combiflash chromatography (eluting with 3-4% MeOH in DCM) to afford Production Example 71a as a white solid (30 mg, 6.48% yield).

¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.71-10.66 (m, 1H), 7.67 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.25-7.09 (m, 2H), 6.91 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 1H), 4.40 (p, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 3.99 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.13 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.78-2.70 (m, 1H), 2.62-2.52 (m, 1H), 1.82-1.68 (m, 3H), 1.58-1.40 (m, 3H), 1.40-0.94 (m, 7H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₀H₂₈FN₃O₅S: 441.52, observed mass; 440 (M−H); HPLC purity: 97.51%.

Production Example 72a: Synthesis of (S)—N-(1-(3-(allyloxy)-4-fluorophenyl) ethyl)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pentane-1-sulfonamide

Step 1: Synthesis of 1-(3-(allyloxy)-4-fluorophenyl)ethan-1-one (3-g)

To a stirred solution of 1-g (2.0 g, 12.9 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was added K₂CO₃ (5.37 g, 38.9 mmol) followed by addition of 3-bromoprop-1-ene (3-g) (3.14 g, 25.9 mmol) and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 2 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 3-g (1.8 g, crude). LCMS: 195.05 (M+1).

Step 2: Synthesis of (S)—N-(1-(3-(allyloxy)-4-fluorophenyl)ethylidene)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide (5-g)

To a stirred solution of compound 3-g (1.8 g, 9.27 mmol) and compound 4-g (1.79 g, 14.8 mmol) in dry toluene (20 mL) was added Ti(O^(i)Pr)₄ (6.58 g, 23.1 mmol). The resultant mixture was heated at 90° C. for 16 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and quenched with water, filtered through a pad of Celite. The filtrate was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography to afford compound 5-g (2.7 g, crude). LCMS: 298.10 (M+1).

Step 3: Synthesis of (S)—N—((S)-1-(3-(allyloxy)-4-fluorophenyl) ethyl)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide (6-g)

To a stirred solution of DIBAL-H (1M solution in toluene, 1.94 mL, 10.9 mmol) in dry toluene (5 mL), was added a solution of compound 5-g (2.7 g, 9.09 mmol) in toluene (25 mL) dropwise at −78° C. The resultant mixture was stirred at same temperature for 3 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was quenched with NH₄Cl solution and diluted with EtOAc. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite and extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography using 10% EtOAc/hexane to afford compound 6-g (2.0 g, 73.5%). LCMS: 300.1 (M+1).

Step 4: Synthesis of (S)-1-(3-(allyloxy)-4-fluorophenyl)ethan-1-amine hydrochloride (7-g)

To a stirred solution of compound 6-g (2.0 g, 6.68 mmol) in MeOH (20 mL), was added 4M HCl in dioxane (2.0 mL, 7.35 mmol) and the resulting mixture stirred at room temperature for 3 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by trituration with diethyl ether to afford 7-g (0.65 g, 50%).

¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.07-7.01 (m, 2H), 6.89-6.87 (m, 1H), 6.12-6.02 (m, 1H), 5.45 (d, J=13 Hz, 1H), 5.30 (d, J=13 Hz, 1H), 4.63 (s, 2H), 2.97 (s, 3H).

Step 5: Synthesis of (S)—N-(1-(3-(allyloxy)-4-fluorophenyl) ethyl)-5-(1,3-dioxoisoindolin-2-yl)pentane-1-sulfonamide (9-g)

To a stirred solution of compound 7-g —HCl salt (0.65 g, 3.31 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (5 mL) was added triethylamine (0.26 mL, 8.60 mmol) at 0° C. and stirred. To this reaction mixture was added compound 8-g (1.5 g, 4.97 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (5 mL) dropwise over 25 min at 0° C. and stirred at the same temperature for 3 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC for complete consumption of compound 7-g. The reaction mixture was quenched with water (50 mL) and extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (50 mL×2). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was purified by silica gel flash chromatography using 15-20% EtOAc/hexanes to afford 9-g as an off-white solid (0.8 g, 53.3%). LCMS: 475.05 (M+1).

Step 6: Synthesis of ((S)—N-(1-(3-(allyloxy)-4-fluorophenyl) ethyl)-5-aminopentane-1-sulfonamide (10-g)

To a stirred solution of compound 9-g (0.8 g, 1.68 mmol) in methanol (10 mL) was added hydrazine hydrate (99%, 0.25 mL, 8.4 mmol) at 0° C. and stirred at room temperature for 3 h. Then ice bath was removed and the reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 5 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC till the complete consumption of compound 9-g. After completion, methanol was removed from reaction mixture under reduced pressure. The crude material was dissolved in 2N HCl (25 mL) and washed with diethyl ether (25 mL×2). The aqueous layer was basified with aq ammonia (pH=˜8) and extracted with ethyl acetate (25 mL×2). The organic extracts was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 10-g as sticky mass (0.59 g, 86.6% yield). This product was carried forward to the next step without purification. LCMS: 345.15 (M+1).

Step 7: Synthesis of ethyl (S)-(5-(N-(1-(3-(allyloxy)-4-fluorophenyl) ethyl) sulfamoyl) pentyl) glycinate (11-g)

To a solution of compound 10-g (0.5 g, 1.45 mmol) in ethanol (5 mL) was added ethyl 2-oxoacetate (50% solution in toluene, 0.16 mL, 1.59 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 1 h. To this was added a solution of NaCNBH₃ (0.10 mg, 1.74 mmol) in ethanol (5 mL; containing 2 drops of AcOH) dropwise over 10 min at room temperature and the reaction mixture was further stirred for 4 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC for complete consumption of compound 10-g. Ethanol was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was taken in saturated NaHCO₃ solution (15 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL×2). The organic extract was washed with water (20 mL) and brine (15 mL) respectively then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 11-g (0.5 g, crude) which was carried forward to the next step without purification. LCMS: 431.15 (M+1).

Step 8: Synthesis of (S)—N-(1-(3-(allyloxy)-4-fluorophenyl) ethyl)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pentane-1-sulfonamide (Production Example 72a)

To a stirred solution of compound 11-g (0.5 g, 1.16 mmol) in AcOH (4 mL) was added KOCN (0.18 g, 2.32 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h then heated at 60° C. for 6 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. Reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and residue was taken in saturated solution of NaHCO₃ solution (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×2). The organic extract was washed with water (50 mL) and brine (15 mL) respectively then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to dryness. The residue was purified by combiflash chromatography (eluting with 3-4% MeOH in DCM) to afford Production Example 72a as a white solid (25 mg, 5% yield).

¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.68 (s, 1H), 7.67 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.27-7.11 (m, 2H), 6.98-6.90 (m, 1H), 6.05-6.0 (m, 1H), 5.43 (dd, J=17.2, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 5.29 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 4.63 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 2H), 4.40 (p, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 3.87 (s, 2H), 3.13 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.77-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.62-2.53 (m, 1H), 1.49-1.40 (m, 2H), 1.40-1.00 (m, 7H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₀H₂₆FN₃O₅S: 427.49, observed mass; 426 (M−H); HPLC purity: 99.9%.

Production Example 73a: Synthesis of (S)—N-(1-(3-(2-cyclopropylethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)ethyl)-5-(2, 4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pentane-1-sulfonamide

Step 1: Synthesis of 1-(3-(2-cyclopropylethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)ethan-1-one (3-h)

To a stirred solution of 1-h (2.6 g, 16.8 mmol) in DMF (25 mL) was added K₂CO₃ (4.65 g, 33.7 mmol) followed by (2-bromoethyl)cyclopropane (3.0 g, 20.2 mmol) and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 2 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 3-h (3.5 g, crude). LCMS: 223.15 (M+1).

Step 2: Synthesis of (S)—N-(1-(3-(2-cyclopropylethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)ethylidene)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide (5-h)

To a stirred solution of compound 3-h (2.0 g, 9.00 mmol) and compound 4-h (1.63 g, 13.5 mmol) in dry toluene (40 mL) was added Ti(O^(i)Pr)₄ (5.33 mL, 18.0 mmol). The resultant mixture was heated at 90° C. for 16 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and quenched with water, filtered through a pad of Celite. The filtrate was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated under reduced pressure The residue was purified by column chromatography to afford compound 5-h (3.0 g, crude). LCMS: 326.0 (M+1).

Step 3: Synthesis of (S)—N—((S)-1-(3-(2-cyclopropylethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)ethyl)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide (6-h)

To a stirred solution of DIBAL-H (1M solution in toluene, 18.4 mL, 27.6 mmol) in dry toluene (20 mL), was added a solution of compound 5-h (3.0 g, 9.23 mmol) in toluene (15 mL) dropwise at −78° C. The resultant mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 3 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was quenched with NH₄Cl solution and diluted with EtOAc. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite and extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography using 10% EtOAc/hexane to afford compound 6-h (1.3 g, 43.1%). LCMS: 328.2 (M+1).

Step 4: Synthesis of (S)-1-(3-(2-cyclopropylethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)ethan-1-amine Hydrochloride (7-h)

To a stirred solution of compound 6-h (1.3 g, 3.97 mmol) in dioxane (8 mL) was added 4M HCl in dioxane (8 mL) and the resulting mixture stirred at room temperature for 3 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by trituration with pentane to afford 7-h (0.9 g, 87.3%). LCMS: 224.05 (M+1).

Step 5: Synthesis of (S)—N-(1-(3-(2-cyclopropylethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)ethyl)-5-(1,3-dioxoisoindolin-2-yl)pentane-1-sulfonamide (9-h)

To a stirred solution of compound 7-h —HCl salt (0.63 g, 2.41 mmol)) in DCM (5 mL) was added triethylamine (1.68 mL, 12. mmol) at 0° C. and stirred. To this reaction mixture was added compound 8-h (1.14 g, 3.62 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) dropwise over 25 min at 0° C. and stirred at the same temperature for 3 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was quenched with water (50 mL) and extracted with DCM (50 mL×2). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was purified by silica gel flash chromatography using 15-20% EtOAc/hexanes to afford 9-h as an off-white solid (0.52 g, 43%), LCMS: 501.05 (M−1)

Step 6: Synthesis of (S)-5-amino-N-(1-(3-(2-cyclopropylethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl) ethyl) pentane-1-sulfonamide (10-h)

To a stirred solution of compound 9-h (0.5 g, 0.99 mmol) in MeOH was added hydrazine hydrate (99%, 0.24 mL, 4.98 mmol) at 0° C. and then the ice bath was removed. The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 3 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC till the complete consumption of compound 9-h. After completion, MeOH was removed from reaction mixture under reduced pressure. The crude material was dissolved in 2N HCl (25 mL) and washed with diethyl ether (25 mL×2). The aqueous layer was basified with saturated aqueous ammonia (pH=˜8) and extracted with EtOAc (25 mL×2). The organic extracts were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 10-h as a yellow sticky solid (0.33 g, crude). This product was carried forward to the next step without purification. LCMS: 373.05 (M+1).

Step 7: Synthesis of ethyl (S)-(5-(N-(1-(3-(2-cyclopropylethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl) ethyl) sulfamoyl) pentyl) glycinate (11-h)

To a solution of compound 10-h (0.33 g, 0.88 mmol) in ethanol (8 mL) was added ethyl 2-oxoacetate (50% solution in toluene, 99 μL, 0.97 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 1 h. To this was added a solution of NaCNBH₃ (67 mg, 1.04 mmol) and AcOH (2 drops) in ethanol (8 mL) added dropwise over 10 min to the reaction mixture at room temperature and reaction mixture was further stirred for 4 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC for complete consumption of compound 10-h. Ethanol was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was taken in saturated NaHCO₃ solution (15 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL×2). The organic extract was washed with water (20 mL) and brine (15 mL) respectively then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 11-h (0.34 g, crude) which was carried forward to the next step without purification. LCMS: 459.15 (M+1).

Step 8: Synthesis of (S)—N-(1-(3-(2-cyclopropylethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl) ethyl)-5-(2, 4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl) pentane-1-sulfonamide (Production Example 73a)

To a stirred solution of compound 11-h (0.34 g, 0.74 mmol) in AcOH (5 mL) was added KOCN (0.12 g, 1.48 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h then heated at 60° C. for 6 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. Reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and residue was taken in saturated solution of NaHCO₃ solution (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×2). The organic extract was washed with water (50 mL) and brine (15 mL) respectively then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to dryness. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (eluting with 3-4% MeOH:DCM) to afford Production Example 73a as a white solid (85 mg, 25% yield).

¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.17 (dd, J=8.4, 6.6 Hz, 1H), 6.73-6.60 (m, 2H), 5.40-5.29 (m, 1H), 4.72-4.59 (m, 1H), 4.09 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 3.88 (s, 2H), 3.33-3.32 (m, 2H), 2.77-2.60 (m, 1H), 2.69-2.60 (m, 1H), 1.84-1.51 (m, 7H), 1.49-1.39 (m, 2H), 1.35-1.17 (m, 3H), 0.85 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 0.64-0.51 (m, 2H), 0.18 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 2H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₁H₃₀FN₃O₅S: 455.55, observed mass; 454.3 (M−H); HPLC purity: 98.5%.

Production Example 74a: Synthesis of (R)-5-(2, 4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)-N-(1-(4-fluoro-3-hydroxyphenyl) ethyl) pentane-1-sulfonamide

Step 1: Synthesis of (R)-5-(2, 4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)-N-(1-(4-fluoro-3-hydroxyphenyl) ethyl) pentane-1-sulfonamide (Production Example 74a)

To a stirred solution of Production Example 1 (0.15 g, 0.34 mmol) in MeOH (2 mL), was added 6N HCl (3 mL) at 80° C. for 18 h. After complete addition, the reaction mixture was stirred was diluted with EtOAc (50 mL×2). The organic layer was separated and washed with water (50 mL), followed by brine (50 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain the crude. The crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (60-120 mesh) using 1-3% MeOH/DCM to afford Production Example 74a as an off-white solid (60 mg, 45.6% yield).

¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.69 (s, 1H), 9.82 (s, 1H) 7.65 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (dd, J=11.3, 8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.95 (dd, J=8.5, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.77-6.75 (m, 2H), 4.36-4.30 (m, 1H) 3.88 (s, 2H), 3.15 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.78-2.74 (m, 1H) 2.56-2.53 (m, 1H) 1.61-1.31 (m, 6H), 1.12-1.07 (m, 2H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₁₆H₂₂FN₃O₅S: 387.43, observed mass; 385.95 (M−1); HPLC purity: 99.26%.

Production Example 26a: Synthesis of (R)—N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl) ethyl)-6-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)hexane-1-sulfonamide

Step 1: Synthesis of 2-(6-bromohexyl)isoindoline-1,3-dione (3-i)

To a stirred solution of 1,6-dibromohexane (12.3 mL, 81.0 mmol) in DMF (10 mL), was added potassium phthalate (5.0 g, 27.0 mmol) portion-wise over 30 min at room temperature, After complete addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at 90° C. for 18 h, then quenched with water (300 mL) and extracted with diethyl ether (150 mL×2). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (100 mL×2), followed by brine (50 mL×2) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resultant residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (60-120 mesh) using 5-10% EtOAc/hexanes to afford 3-i as an off-white solid (6.3 g, 76% yield). LCMS: 310.95 (M+1).

Step 2: Synthesis of S-(6-(1,3-dioxoisoindolin-2-yl)hexyl) ethanethioate (4-i)

To a stirred solution of compound 3-i (6.39 g, 20.3 mol) in DMF (60 mL) was added potassium thioacetate (2.78 g, 34.3 mmol) portion wise and stirred for 20 min at room temperature. After complete addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Reaction progress was monitored by TLC; after completion the reaction mixture was quenched with ice-cold water (250 mL) and stirred for 1 h. The resultant precipitated was filtered, washed with water (100 mL) and dried in vacuo to afford 4-i as an off-white solid (5.8 g, 93.5%). LCMS: 306.20 (M+1).

Step 3: Synthesis of 6-(1,3-dioxoisoindolin-2-yl)hexane-1-sulfonyl chloride (5-i)

2N HCl (3.63 mL) was added to a stirred solution of compound 4-i (2.0 g, 6.55 mol) in acetonitrile (36 mL) at 0° C. This was followed by portion-wise addition of N-chlorosuccinimide (3.85 g, 28.8 mol) over 30 min and the reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 1 h. Reaction progress was monitored by TLC. Upon complete consumption of 4-i, the reaction mixture was quenched with ice-cold water (100 mL) and extracted with diethyl ether (100 mL×2). The combined organic extracts were washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (50 mL), water (100 mL) and brine (50 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford compound 5-i as an off-white solid (1.81 g, 83.4% yield).

¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 7.90-7.80 (m, 2H), 7.77-7.67 (m, 2H), 3.74-3.59 (m, 4H), 2.12-1.98 (m, 2H), 1.72 (p, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.62-1.32 (m, 4H).

Step 4: Synthesis of (R)—N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl) ethyl)-6-(1, 3-dioxoisoindolin-2-yl) hexane-1-sulfonamide (7-i)

To a stirred solution of compound 6-i —HCl salt (0.5 g, 2.39 mmol) in DCM (15 mL), was added triethylamine (0.9 mL, 6.33 mmol) at 0° C. and stirred. To this reaction mixture was added compound 6-i (1.18 mL, 3.58 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) dropwise over 25 min at 0° C. and stirred at the same temperature for 3 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC for complete consumption of compound 6-i. The reaction mixture was quenched with water (50 mL) and extracted with DCM (50 mL×2). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (50 mL×2) and brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resultant residue was purified by silica gel flash chromatography using 15-20% EtOAc/hexanes to afford 7-i as an off-white solid (1.0 g, 84%). LCMS: 520.20 (M+18).

Step 5: Synthesis of (R)-6-amino-N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl) ethyl) hexane-1-sulfonamide (8-i)

To a stirred solution of compound 7-i (1.0 g, 1.99 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL), was added hydrazine hydrate (99%, 0.5 mL, 9.96 mmol) at 0° C. and stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The ice bath was removed and the reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 5 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC. After completion, MeOH was removed from reaction mixture under reduced pressure. The crude material was dissolved in 2N HCl (50 mL) and washed with diethyl ether (50 mL×3). The aqueous layer was basified with aq. ammonia (pH=˜8) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×2). The organic extract was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 8-i as a sticky mass (0.61 g, 82.3% yield). This material was carried forward to the next step without purification. LCMS: 373.15 (M+1).

Step 6: Synthesis of ethyl (R)-(6-(N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl) ethyl) sulfamoyl) hexyl) glycinate (9-i)

To a solution of compound 8-i (0.61 g, 1.63 mmol) in ethanol (15 mL) was added ethyl 2-oxoacetate (50% solution in toluene, 0.37 mL, 1.80 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 1 h. To this was added a solution of NaCNBH₃ (0.12 g, 1.96 mmol) in ethanol (5 mL; containing 2 drops of AcOH) dropwise over 10 min at room temperature and reaction mixture was further stirred for 4 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC for complete consumption of compound 8-i. Ethanol was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was treated with saturated NaHCO₃ solution (30 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL×3). The organic extract was washed with water (20 mL×2) and brine (20 mL) then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 9-i (0.8 g, crude) which was carried forward to the next step without purification. LCMS: 459.20 (M+1).

Step 7: Synthesis of (R)—N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl) ethyl)-6-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)hexane-1-sulfonamide (Production Example 26a)

To a stirred solution of compound 9-i (0.8 g, 1.74 mmol) in AcOH (15 mL), was added KOCN (0.28 g, 3.49 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h then heated at 60° C. for 6 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue treated with a saturated solution of NaHCO₃ solution (25 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (25 mL×2). The organic extract was washed with water (20 mL) and brine (20 mL) then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to dryness. The residue was purified by combiflash chromatography (eluting with 3-4% MeOH in DCM) to afford Production Example 26a as a white sticky solid (290 mg, 36.4% yield).

¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.67 (s, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.24-7.09 (m, 2H), 6.95-6.86 (m, 1H), 4.39 (p, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.89 (d, J=4.5 Hz, 4H), 3.18-3.11 (m, 2H), 2.75-2.62 (m, 2H), 2.60-2.51 (m, 2H), 1.55-1.32 (m, 8H), 1.32-1.02 (m, 2H), 0.59-0.55 (m, 2H), 0.34-0.25 (m, 2H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₁H₃₀FN₃O₅S: 455.55, observed mass; 473.10 (M+10); HPLC purity: 99.39%.

Production Example 25a: Synthesis of (R)—N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl) ethyl)-4-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-4-yl)butane-1-sulfonamide

Step 1: Synthesis of 2-(4-bromobutyl)isoindoline-1,3-dione (3-j)

To a stirred solution of 1,4-dibromobutane (2-j) (9.7 mL, 27.0 mmol) in DMF (100 mL), was added potassium phthalate (1-j) (5.0 g, 27.0 mmol) portion-wise over 30 min at room temperature. After complete addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at 90° C. for 18 h, then quenched with water (300 mL) and extracted with diethyl ether (150 mL×2). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (100 mL×2), followed by brine (50 mL×2) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain the crude. The crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (60-120 mesh) using 5-10% EtOAc/hexanes to afford 3-j as an off-white solid (5.5 g, 72.3% yield). LCMS: 283.9 (M+1).

Step 2: Synthesis of S-(4-(1,3-dioxoisoindolin-2-yl)butyl) ethanethioate (4-j)

To a stirred solution of compound 3-j (5.5 g, 19.5 mmol) in DMF (50 mL), was added potassium thioacetate (2.67 g, 23.4 mmol) portion-wise over 20 min at room temperature. After complete addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Reaction progress was monitored by TLC; after completion the reaction mixture was quenched with ice-cold water (250 mL) and stirred for 1 h. The precipitated was filtered, washed with water (100 mL) and dried in vacuo to afford 4-j as an off-white solid (5.0 g, 92.5%). LCMS: 278 (M+1).

Step 3: Synthesis of 4-(1,3-dioxoisoindolin-2-yl)butane-1-sulfonyl chloride (51)

2N HCl (3.63 mL) was added to a stirred solution of compound 4-j (2.0 g, 6.55 mmol) in acetonitrile (36 mL) at 0° C. This was followed by portion-wise addition of N-chlorosuccinimide (4.24 g, 31.7 mmol) over 30 min and the reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 1 h. Reaction progress was monitored by TLC. Upon complete consumption of 4-j, reaction mixture was quenched with ice-cold water (100 mL) and extracted with diethyl ether (100 mL×2). The combined organic extracts were washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (50 mL) and brine (50 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 5-j as an off-white solid (1.7 g, 78% yield).

¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 7.86-7.80 (m, 2H), 7.79-7.68 (m, 2H), 3.76-3.65 (m, 4H), 2.09-2.0 (m, 2H), 1.92-1.80 (m, 2H).

Step 4: Synthesis of (R)—N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)ethyl)-4-(1, 3-dioxoisoindolin-2-yl) butane-1-sulfonamide (7-j)

To a stirred solution of compound 6-j —HCl salt (0.5 g, 2.39 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (15 mL) was added triethylamine (0.9 mL, 6.33 mmol) at 0° C. and stirred. To this reaction mixture was added compound 5-j (1.08 mL, 3.58 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (10 mL) dropwise over 25 min at 0° C. and stirred at the same temperature for 3 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC for complete consumption of compound 6-j. The reaction mixture was quenched with water (50 mL) and extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (75 mL×2). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was purified by silica gel flash chromatography using 15-20% EtOAc/hexanes to afford 7-j as an off-white solid (1.0 g, 88.5%). LCMS: 492.10 (M+18).

Step 5: Synthesis of (R)-4-amino-N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl) ethyl) butane-1-sulfonamide (8-j)

To a stirred solution of compound 7-j (1.0 g, 2.10 mmol) in methanol (10 mL) was added hydrazine hydrate (99%, 0.5 mL, 10.5 mmol) at 0° C. and stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The ice bath was removed and the reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 5 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC till the complete consumption of compound 7-j. After completion, methanol was removed from reaction mixture under reduced pressure. The crude material was dissolved in 2N HCl (50 mL) and washed with diethyl ether (50 mL×3). The aqueous layer was basified with aq. ammonia (pH=˜8) and extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL×2). The organic extracts were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 8-j as a sticky mass (0.64 g, 88% yield). This product was carried forward to the next step without purification. LCMS: 345.15 (M+1).

Step 6: Synthesis of ethyl (R)-(4-(N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl) ethyl) sulfamoyl) butyl)glycinate (9-j)

To a solution of compound 8-j (0.64 g, 1.86 mmol) in ethanol (15 mL) was added ethyl 2-oxoacetate (50% solution in toluene, 0.42 mL, 2.04 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 1 h. To this was added a solution of NaCNBH₃ (0.14 g, 2.23 mmol) in ethanol (5 mL; containing 2 drops of AcOH) dropwise over 10 min then stirred at room temperature for 4 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC for complete consumption of compound 8-j. Ethanol was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was taken in saturated NaHCO₃ solution (30 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL×3). The organic extract was washed with water (20 mL) and brine (20 mL) respectively then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 9-j (0.84 g, crude). It was carried forward to the next step without purification. LCMS: 431.15 (M+1).

Step 7. Synthesis of (R)—N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)ethyl)-4-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)butane-1-sulfonamide (Production Example 25a)

To a stirred solution of compound 9-j (0.84 g, 1.95 mmol) in AcOH (15 mL), was added KOCN (0.31 g, 3.90 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h then heated at 60° C. for 6 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. Reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and residue was taken in saturated solution of NaHCO₃ solution (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL×3). The organic extract was washed with water (25 mL×2) and brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to dryness. The residue was purified by combiflash chromatography (eluting with 3-4% MeOH: DCM) to afford Production Example 25a as a white solid (130 mg, 15.5% yield).

¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.71 (s, 1H), 7.68 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.22-7.09 (m, 2H), 6.91-6.85 (m, 1H), 4.45-4.33 (m, 1H), 3.93-3.83 (m, 4H), 3.18-3.05 (m, 2H), 2.83-2.80 (m, 1H), 1.55-1.19 (m, 8H), 0.62-0.55 (m, 2H), 0.38-0.30 (m, 2H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₁₉H₂₆FN₃O₅S: 427.49, observed mass; 445.10 (M+18); HPLC purity: 99.7%.

Production Example 75a: Synthesis of (1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)methylpropyl)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pentane-1-sulfonamide

Step 1: Synthesis of 4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-N-methoxy-N-methylbenzamide (2-k)

To a stirred solution of compound 1-k (10.0 g, 64.1 mmol) in DCM (270 mL), was added triethylamine (8.1 mL, 57.6 mmol) Mowed by addition of N,O-dimethylhydroxylamine.HCl (7.5 g, 76.9 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 20 min. EDC.HCl (18.4 g, 96.1 mmol) was added at 0° C. and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was quenched with NaHCO₃ solution and extracted with DCM. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford compound 2-k (10.0 g, crude). LCMS: 200.15 (M+1).

Step 2: Synthesis of 3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluoro-N-methoxy-N-methylbenzamide (4-k)

To a stirred solution of compound 2-k (10.0 g, 50.2 mmol) in ACN (100 mL), was added CS₂CO₃ (24.5 g, 75.3 mmol) followed by addition of (bromomethyl)cyclopropane (7.21 mL, 75.3 mmol) and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 5 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography using 25-30% EtOAc/hexane to afford compound 4-k (7.32 g, 57.6%). LCMS: 254 (M+1).

Step 3: Synthesis of 1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropan-1-one (6-k)

To a stirred solution of compound 4-k (3.0 g, 11.8 mmol) in dry THF (50 mL) was added isopropylmagnesium bromide (2.0 M in THF, 11.85 mL, 23.7 mmol) at −10° C. The resultant mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was quenched with NH₄Cl solution and diluted with EtOAc. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite and extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography using 10% EtOAc/hexane to afford compound 6-k (1.1 g, 39%). LCMS: 237.05 (M+1).

Step 4: Synthesis of N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropylidene)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide (8-k)

To a stirred solution of compound 6-k (1.1 g, 4.66 mmol) and compound 7-k (0.84 g, 6.99 mmol) in dry toluene (22 mL) was added Ti(O^(i)Pr)₄ (2.65 g, 9.32 mmol). The resultant mixture was heated at reflux for 16 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite and the filtrate diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography using 10% EtOAc/hexane to afford compound 8-k (0.82 g, 76%). LCMS: 340.10 (M+1).

Step 5: Synthesis of N-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropyl)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide (9-k)

To a stirred solution of DIBAL-H (1M solution in toluene, 6.1 mL, 6.04 mmol) in dry toluene (10 mL), was added a solution of compound 8-k (0.82 g, 2.41 mmol) in toluene (10 mL) dropwise at −78° C. The resultant mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 3 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was quenched with NH₄Cl solution and diluted with EtOAc. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite and extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography using 10% EtOAc/hexane to afford compound 9-k (0.36 g, 60%). LCMS: 342.2 (M+1).

Step 6: Synthesis of 3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropan-1-amine hydrochloride (10-k)

To a stirred solution of compound 9-k (0.67 g, 1.96 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL), was added 4M HCl in dioxane (5 mL) and the resulting mixture stirred at room temperature for 3 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by trituration with diethyl ether to afford 10-k (0.44 g, 82%). LCMS: 274.1 (M+1).

Step 7: Synthesis of N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropyl)-5-(1,3-dioxoisoindolin-2-yl)pentane-1-sulfonamide (12-k)

To a stirred solution of compound 10-k —HCl salt (0.42 g, 1.51 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added triethylamine (1.12 mL, 8.02 mmol) at 0° C. and stirred. To this reaction mixture was added compound 11-k (0.71 g, 2.27 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) dropwise over 25 min at 0° C. and stirred at the same temperature for 3 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC for complete consumption of compound 11-k. The reaction mixture was quenched with water (75 mL) and extracted with DCM (75 mL×2). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (75 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was purified by silica gel flash chromatography using 15-20% EtOAc/hexanes to afford 12-k as an off-white solid (0.69 g, 87%). LCMS: 517.25 (M+1).

Step 8: Synthesis of 5-amino-N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropyl) pentane-1-sulfonamide (13-k)

To a stirred solution of compound 12-k (0.69 g, 1.33 mmol) in MeOH (7 mL) was added hydrazine hydrate (99%, 0.33 mL, 6.68 mmol) at 0° C. Then ice bath was removed and the reaction mixture warmed to room temperature and stirred for 3 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC till the complete consumption of compound 12-k. After completion, MeOH was removed from the reaction mixture under reduced pressure. The resultant residue was dissolved in 2N HCl (10 mL) and washed with diethyl ether (10 mL×3). The aqueous layer was basified with aq. ammonia (pH=˜8) and extracted with EtOAc (10 mL×4). The organic extracts was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 13-k as a sticky mass (0.5 g, crude). This material was carried forward to the next step without purification. LCMS: 387.2 (M+1).

Step 9: Synthesis of ethyl (5-(N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropyl) sulfamoyl) pentyl) glycinate (15-k)

To a solution of compound 13-k (0.5 g, 1.29 mmol) in MeOH (15 mL), was added ethyl 2-oxoacetate (50% solution in toluene, 0.29 mL, 1.42 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 1 h, To this was added a solution of NaCNBH₃ (98 mg, 1.55 mmol) in ethanol (5 mL; containing 2 drops of AcOH) added dropwise over 10 min at room temperature and reaction mixture was further stirred for 5 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC for complete consumption of compound 13-k. Ethanol was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was treated with saturated NaHCO₃ solution (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×2). The organic extract was washed with brine (50 mL) then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 15-k (0.68 g, crude) which was carried forward to the next step without purification. LCMS: 473.05 (M+1).

Step 10: Synthesis of N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropyl)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pentane-1-sulfonamide (Production Example 75a)

To a stirred solution of compound 15-k (0.68 g, 1.44 mmol) in AcOH (12 mL) was added KOCN (0.23 mg, 2.88 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h then heated at 60° C. for 6 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC till complete consumption of compound 15-k. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and treated with saturated solution of NaHCO₃ solution (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×2). The organic extract was washed with water (25 mL×2) and brine (20 mL) then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to dryness. The residue was purified by combiflash chromatography (eluting with 3-4% MeOH in DCM) to afford Production Example 75a as a white solid (10 mg, 2% yield).

¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.11-6.98 (m, 1H), 6.91-6.76 (m, 2H), 5.13 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.03 (t, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 4.00-3.81 (m, 4H), 3.30-3.0 (m, 2H), 2.69-2.60 (m, 1H), 2.52-2.43 (m, 1H), 1.95-1.80 (m, 1H), 1.40-1.29 (m, 4H), 1.27 (d, J=15.0 Hz, 3H), 1.19 (d, J=11.3 Hz, 1H), 1.06 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 0.80 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 2H), 0.66 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 0.36 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₂H₃₂FN₃O₅S: 469.57, observed mass; 470.25 (M+H); HPLC purity: 97.22%.

Step 11: Synthesis of 2-(5-bromopentyl) isoindoline-1, 3-dione (14-k)

To a stirred solution of 1,5-dibromopentane (13-k) (170.58 mL, 1.26 mol) in DMF (1.5 L) was added potassium phthalate (12-k) (78.0 g, 0.42 mol) portion-wise over 30 min at room temperature. After complete addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at 90° C. for 18 h, then quenched with water (3 L) and extracted with diethyl ether (500 mL×4). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (500 mL×2), followed by brine (500 mL×2) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain the crude. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (60-120 mesh) using 5-10% EtOAc/hexanes to afford 14-k as an off-white solid (81 g, 65% yield).

¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 7.82 (dd, J=5.5, 3.1 Hz, 2H), 7.69 (dd, J=5.5, 3.0 Hz, 2H), 3.68 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.38 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 1.93-1.85 (m, 2H), 1.70 (p, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 1.53-1.43 (m, 2H).

Step 12: Synthesis of S-(5-(1,3-dioxoisoindolin-2-yl)pentyl)ethanethioate (15-k)

To a stirred solution of compound 14-k (80 g, 0.27 mol) in DMF (745 mL) was added potassium thioacetate (34 g, 0.29 mol) portion wise over 20 min at room temperature. After complete addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Reaction progress was monitored by TLC; after completion the reaction mixture was quenched with ice-cold water (1 L) and stirred for 1 h. The resultant precipitate was filtered, washed with water (500 mL) and dried in vacuo to afford 15-k as an off-white solid (75 g, 95%).

¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 7.84 (dd, J=5.5 Hz, 3.0 Hz, 2H), 7.71 (dd, J=5.5 Hz, 3.1 Hz, 2H), 3.67 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 2.85 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 1.73-1.65 (m, 3H), 1.64-1.57 (m, 1H), 1.46-1.37 (m, 2H); LC-MS: 292.2 (M⁺+1).

Step 13: Synthesis of 5-(1,3-dioxoisoindolin-2-yl)pentane-1-sulfonyl chloride (11-k)

2N HCl (135 mL) was added to a stirred solution of compound 15-k (74 g, 0.25 mol) in acetonitrile (1.35 L) at 0° C. This was followed by portion-wise addition of N-chlorosuccinimide (135.8 g, 1.10 mol) over 30 min and the reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 1 h. Reaction progress was monitored by TLC. Upon complete consumption of 15-k, reaction mixture was quenched with ice-cold water (500 mL) and extracted with diethyl ether (500 mL×2). The combined organic extracts were washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (500 mL), water (500 mL) and brine (500 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 11-k as an off-white solid (73 g, 91% yield).

¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 7.85 (dd, J=5.5 Hz, 3.2 Hz, 2H), 7.72 (dd, J=3.2 Hz, 5.5 Hz, 2H), 3.72 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.68-3.63 (m, 2H), 2.15-2.05 (m, 2H), 1.77 (m, 2H), 1.62-1.52 (m, 2H); LC-MS: 316.1 (M⁺+1).

Production Example 76a: Synthesis of N-(1-(3-(2-cyclopropylethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)ethyl)-5-(2, 4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl) pentane-1-sulfonamide

Step 1: Synthesis of 1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)ethan-1-one (3-l)

To a stirred solution of 1-l (5.0 g, 32.4 mmol) in DMF (50 mL) was added K₂CO₃ (11.2 g, 81.1 mmol) followed by addition of (bromomethyl)cyclopropane (3.73 g, 38.9 mmol) and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 2 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 3-l (6.61 g, crude). LCMS: 20895 (M+1).

Step 2: Synthesis of 1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)-2,2-dimethylpropan-1-one (5-l)

To a stirred solution of compound 3-l (2.2 g, 9.36 mmol) in dry toluene (30 mL), KOH (5.24 g, 93.6 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature for 10 min. 18-crown-6 ether (1.23 g, 4.68 mmol) was added followed by addition of methyl iodide (26.5 g, 187 mmol) and the resultant mixture heated at 70° C. for 48 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and diluted with ice-water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography to afford a mixture of compound 5-l and 1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropan-1-one (1.0 g, 42.7%), LCMS: 251.2 (M+1).

Step 3: Synthesis of N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)-2,2-dimethylpropylidene)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide (7-l)

To a stirred solution of compound 5-l (1.0 g, 4.0 mmol) and compound 6-l (0.77 g, 6.4 mmol) in dry toluene (5 mL) was added Ti(O^(i)Pr)₄ (3.40 g, 12.0 mmol). The resultant mixture was heated at 100° C. for 16 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and quenched with water and filtered through a pad of Celite. The filtrate was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatograph to afford mixture of compound 7-l and N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropylidene)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide (1.0 g, crude). LCMS: 354 (M+1).

Step 4: Synthesis of N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)-2,2-dimethylpropyl)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide (8-l)

To a stirred solution of DIBAL-H (1M solution in toluene, 8.0 mL, 8.84 mmol) in dry toluene (5 mL), was added a solution of compound 7-l (1.0 g, 2.83 mmol) in toluene (5 mL) dropwise at −78° C. The resultant mixture was stirred at same temperature for 3 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was quenched with NH₄Cl solution and diluted with EtOAc. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite and extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated under reduced pressure to afford compound 8-l N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropyl)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide (1.0 g, crude). LCMS: 342.05 (M+1).

Step 5: Synthesis of 1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)-2,2-dimethylpropan-1-amine Hydrochloride (9-l)

To a stirred solution of compound 8-l (1.0 g, 2.81 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL), was added 4M HCl in dioxane (1 mL) and the resulting mixture stirred at room temperature for 3 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by trituration with methyl tert butyl ether to afford mixture of compound 9-l (0.5 g, crude) as a colorless solid. LCMS: 236.1 (M+1).

Step 6: Synthesis of N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)-2,2-dimethylpropyl)-5-(1,3-dioxoisoindolin-2-yl)pentane-1-sulfonamide (11-l)

To a stirred solution of compound 9-l —HCl salt (0.5 g, 2.12 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was added triethylamine (1.0 mL, 10.6 mmol) at 0° C. and stirred. To this reaction mixture was added compound 10-l (1.0 g, 3.19 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) dropwise over 25 min at 0° C. and stirred at the same temperature for 3 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC for complete consumption of compound 9-l. The reaction mixture was quenched with water (50 mL) and extracted with DCM (50 mL×2). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford compound 11-l as an off-white solid (0.4 g, crude). LCMS: 531.1 (M+1).

Step 7: Synthesis of 5-amino-N-(1-(3-(2-cyclopropylethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)ethyl)pentane-1-sulfonamide (12-l)

To a stirred solution of compound 11-l (0.4 g, 0.75 mmol) ethanol (5 mL) was added hydrazine hydrate (99%, 0.18 mL, 3.77 mmol) at 0° C. and stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The ice bath was removed and the reaction mixture warmed to room temperature and stirred for 5 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC till the complete consumption of compound 11-l. After completion, ethanol was removed from reaction mixture under reduced pressure. The crude material was dissolved in 2N HCl (25 mL) and washed with diethyl ether (25 mL×2). The aqueous layer was basified with saturated aqueous ammonia (pH=˜8) and extracted with EtOAc (25 mL×2). The organic extracts were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford mixture of compound 12-l as a yellow sticky solid (0.2 g, crude). This material was carried forward to the next step without purification. LCMS: 401 (M+1).

Step 8: Synthesis of ethyl (5-(N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)-2,2-dimethylpropyl)sulfamoyl)pentyl)glycinate (14-l)

To a solution of compound 12-l (0.2 g, 0.5 mmol) in ethanol (8 mL) was added ethyl 2-oxoacetate (50% solution in toluene, 56 mg, 0.55 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 1 h. To this was added a solution of NaCNBH₃ (37.2 mg, 0.6 mmol) in ethanol (8 mL; containing 2 drops of AcOH) added dropwise over 10 min to the reaction mixture at room temperature and reaction mixture was further stirred for 4 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC for complete consumption of compound 11-l. Ethanol was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was treated with saturated NaHCO₃ solution (15 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL×2). The organic extract was washed with water (20 mL) and brine (15 mL) respectively then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford compound 14-l (0.15 g, crude), which was carried forward to the next step without purification. LCMS: 487.1 (M+1).

Step 9: Synthesis of N-(1-(3-(2-cyclopropylethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)ethyl)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl) pentane-1-sulfonamide (Production Example 76a)

To a stirred solution of compound 14-l (0.15 g, 0.30 mmol) in AcOH (5 mL) was added KOCN (50 mg, 0.61 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h then heated at 60° C. for 6 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC till complete consumption of compound 14-l. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue treated with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×2). The organic extract was washed with water (50 mL) and brine (15 mL) respectively then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to dryness. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (eluting with 3-4% MeOH in DCM) to afford Production Example 76a as a white solid (20 mg, 14%).

¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.68 (s, 1H), 7.65 (d, J=10.7 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (dd, J=11.4, 8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (s, 1H), 5.76 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 4.00 (d, J=10.6 Hz, 1H), 3.92-3.85 (m, 2H), 3.84-3.81 (m, 2H), 3.10-3.01 (m, 2H), 2.65 (d, J=4.2 Hz, 1H), 2.35 (d, J=4.2 Hz, 1H), 2.00 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 1.34 (d, J=1.7 Hz, 3H), 1.06-0.99 (m, 1H), 0.86 (s, 9H), 0.58-0.55 (m, 2H), 0.36-0.28 (m, 2H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C23H34FN3O5S: 483.60, observed mass; LCMS purity: 482.15 (M−H).

Production Example 77a: Synthesis of N-(cyclopropyl(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl) methyl)-5-(2, 4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl) pentane-1-sulfonamide

Step 1: Synthesis of 4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-N-methoxy-N-methylbenzamide (2-m)

To a stirred solution of compound 1-m (10.0 g, 64.1 mmol) in DCM (120 mL), was added triethylamine (17 g, 121 mmol) followed by addition of N,O-dimethylhydroxylamine.HCl (7.5 g, 76.9 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 20 min. EDC.HCl (18.4 g, 96.1 mmol) was added at 0° C. and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was quenched with NaHCO₃ solution and extracted with DCM. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford compound 2-m (10 g, crude). LCMS: 200.15 (M+1).

Step 2: Synthesis of 3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluoro-N-methoxy-N-methylbenzamide (4-m)

To a stirred solution of compound 2-m (10.0 g, 50.2 mmol) in DMF (100 mL) was added K₂CO₃ (13.8 g, 100 mmol) followed by addition of (bromomethyl)cyclopropane (8.14 g, 60.3 mmol) and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 16 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfite and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography using 25-30% EtOAc/hexane to afford compound 4-m (10 g, 78.6%). LCMS: 253.9 (M+1).

Step 3: Synthesis of 1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-5-fluorophenyl) ethan-1-one (6-m)

To a stirred solution of compound 4-m (4.0 g, 15.8 mmol) in dry THF (30 mL) was added freshly prepared cyclopropylmagnesium bromide (20.5 mL, 20.5 mmol) at −10° C. The resultant mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was quenched with saturated NH₄Cl solution and diluted with EtOAc. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite and extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography using 15% EtOAc/hexane to afford compound 6-m (1.5 g, 40.5%). LCMS: 234.95 (M+1).

Step 4: Synthesis of N-(cyclopropyl(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)methylene)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide (8-m)

To a stirred solution of compound 6-m (1.5 g, 6.41 mmol) and compound 7-m (1.24 g, 10.2 mmol) in dry toluene (25 mL) was added Ti(O^(i)Pr)₄ (3.79 mL, 12.8 mmol). The resultant mixture was refluxed for 16 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and quenched with water and filtered through a pad of Celite. The filtrate was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography using 10% EtOAc/hexane to afford compound 8-m (1.2 g, crude). LCMS: 338.05 (M+1).

Step 5: Synthesis of N-(cyclopropyl (3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)methyl)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide (9-m)

To a stirred solution of DIBAL-H (1M solution in toluene, 1.78 mL, 1.78 mmol) in dry toluene (3 mL), was added a solution of compound 8-m (0.3 g, 0.89 mmol) in toluene (3 mL) dropwise at −78° C. The resultant mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 3 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was quenched with saturated NH₄Cl solution and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was separated and washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography using 10% EtOAc/hexane to afford compound 9-m (0.1 g, 33%). LCMS: 340.05 (M+1).

Step 6: Synthesis of (R)-cyclopropyl(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)methanamine hydrochloride (10-m)

To a stirred solution of compound 9-m (0.1 g, 0.29 mmol) in dioxane (5 mL), was added 4M HCl in dioxane (5 mL) and the resulting mixture stirred at room temperature for 3 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by trituration with diethyl ether to afford compound 10-m (75 mg, crude). LCMS: 237.1 (M+1).

Step 7: Synthesis of (R)—N-(cyclopropyl (3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)methyl)-5-(1,3-dioxoisoindolin-2-yl)pentane-1-sulfonamide (12-m)

To a stirred solution of compound 10-m —HCl salt (0.075 g, 0.27 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) was added triethylamine (0.19 mL, 1.38 mmol) at 0° C. and stirred. To this reaction mixture was added compound 11-m (0.13 g, 0.41 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) dropwise over 25 min at 0° C. and stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC for complete consumption of compound 10-m. The reaction mixture was quenched with water (25 mL) and extracted with DCM (25 mL×2). The combined organic extracts was washed with brine (25 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was purified by combiflash chromatography using 15-20% EtOAc hexanes to afford compound 12-m (0.1 g, 70.4%). LCMS: 513.15 (M−1).

Step 8: Synthesis of 5-amino-N-(cyclopropyl (3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl) methyl) pentane-1-sulfonamide (13-m)

To a stirred solution of compound 12-m (0.1 g, 0.19 mmol) in MeOH (1 mL), was added hydrazine hydrate (99%, 48 μL, 0.97 mmol) at 0° C. and then ice bath was removed. The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 3 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC till the complete consumption of compound 12-m. After completion, MeOH was removed from the reaction mixture under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in 2N HCl (10 mL) and washed with diethyl ether (10 mL×3). The aqueous layer was basified with saturated aqueous ammonia (pH=˜8) and extracted with EtOAc (10 mL×4). The organic extracts was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford compound 13-m (70 mg, crude). This product was carried forward to the next step without purification. LCMS: 385.1 (M+1).

Step 9: Synthesis of ethyl (5-(N-(cyclopropyl(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl) methyl) sulfamoyl) pentyl) glycinate (15-m)

To a solution of compound 13-m (0.07 g, 0.18 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL) was added compound 14-m (50% solution in toluene, 20 μL, 0.2 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 1 h. To this was added a solution of NaCNBH₃ (13 mg, 0.21 mmol) in ethanol (2 mL containing 1 drop of AcOH) dropwise over 10 min to the reaction mixture at room temperature and reaction mixture was further stirred for 5 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC for complete consumption of compound 13-m. Ethanol was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was taken in saturated NaHCO₃ solution (25 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (25 mL×2). The organic extract was washed with brine (25 mL) respectively then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford compound 15-m (70 mg, crude) which was carried forward to the next step without purification. LCMS: 471.15 (M+1).

Step 10: Synthesis of N-(cyclopropyl(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-fluorophenyl)methyl)-5-(2, 4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl) pentane-1-sulfonamide (Production Example 77a)

To a stirred solution of compound 15-m (0.07 g, 0.14 mmol) in AcOH (2 mL) was added KOCN (2.4 mg, 029 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture was heated at 60° C. for 6 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. Reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and residue was taken in saturated solution of NaHCO₃ (25 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (25 mL×2). The organic extract was washed with brine (10 mL), then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to dryness. The residue was purified by Prep-HPLC to afford Production Example 77a as a sticky solid (5 mg, HPLC purity: 77%).

Production Example 78a: Synthesis of ((S)—N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-5-fluorophenyl)ethyl)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pentane-1-sulfonamide

Step 1: Synthesis of 3-fluoro-5-hydroxy-N-methoxy-N-methylbenzamide (2-n)

To a stirred solution of compound 1-n (3.0 g, 19.2 mmol) in DOA (30 mL), was added triethylamine (5.5 mL, 28.0 mmol) followed by addition of N,O-dimethylhydroxylamine.HCl (2.24 g, 23.0 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 20 min. EDC.HCl (5.53 g, 28.0 mmol) was added at 0° C. and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was quenched with NaHCO₃ solution and extracted with DMC. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford compound 2-n (3.8 g, crude). LCMS: 200 (M+1).

Step 2: Synthesis of 3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-5-fluoro-N-methoxy-N-methylbenzamide (4-n)

To a stirred solution of compound 2-n (3.8 g, 19.2 mmol) in ACN (30 mL), was added Cs₂CO₃ (9.1 g, 28.0 mmol) followed by addition of (bromomethyl)cyclopropane (3-n) (3.8 g, 28.0 mmol) and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 5 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography using 25-30% EtOAc/hexane to afford compound 4-n (2.6 g, 54%). LCMS: 254 (M+1).

Step 3: Synthesis of 1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-5-fluorophenyl)ethan-1-one (6-n)

To a stirred solution of compound 4-n (2.6 g, 10.2 mmol) in dry THF (25 mL) was added methyl magnesium bromide (5-n) (3.0 M in THF, 6.84 mL, 20.5 mmol) at −10° C. The resultant mixture was stirred at same temperature for 12 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was quenched with NH₄Cl solution and diluted with EtOAc. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite and extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography using 10% EtOAc/hexane to afford compound 6-n (1.8 g, 84%). LCMS: 209 (M+1).

Step 4: Synthesis of (S)—N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-5-fluorophenyl)ethylidene)-2-methyl propane-2-sulfinamide (8-n)

To a stirred solution of compound 6-n (1.8 g, 8.65 mmol) and compound 7-n (1.78 g, 14.7 mmol) in dry toluene (20 mL) was added Ti(O^(i)Pr)₄ (6.83 mL, 21.6 mmol). The resultant mixture was heated at 90° C. for 16 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite, the filtrate was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography using 10% EtOAc/hexane to afford compound 8-n (2.6 g, crude). LCMS: 312.15 (M+1).

Step 5: Synthesis of (S)—N—((S)-1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-5-fluorophenyl)ethyl)-2-methyl propane-2-sulfinamide (9-n)

To a stirred solution of DIBAL-H (1M solution in toluene, 41.7 mL, 41.75 mmol) in dry toluene (20 mL), was added a solution of compound 8-n (2.6 g, 8.35 mmol) in toluene (10 mL) dropwise at −78° C. The resultant mixture was stirred at same temperature for 3 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was quenched with NH₄Cl solution and diluted with EtOAc. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite and extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography using 10% EtOAc/hexane to afford compound 9-n (1.2 g, 45.8%). LCMS: 314.05 (M+1).

Step 6: Synthesis of (S)-1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-5-fluorophenyl)ethan-1-amine hydrochloride (10-n)

To a stirred solution of compound 9-n (1.2 g, 3.83 mmol) in dioxane (5 mL), was added 4M HCl in dioxane (10 mL) and the resulting mixture stirred at room temperature for 3 h (reaction deemed complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by trituration with diethyl ether to afford 10-n (1.3 g, crude). LCMS: 210 (M+1).

Step 7: Synthesis of (S)—N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-5-fluorophenyl)ethyl)-5-(1, 3-dioxoisoindolin-2-yl) pentane-1-sulfonamide (12-n)

To a stirred solution of compound 10-n —HCl salt (1.3 g, 5.29 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (10 mL) was added triethylamine (2.21 mL, 15.8 mmol) at 0° C. and stirred. To this reaction mixture was added compound 11-n (2.51 g, 7.94 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (10 mL) dropwise over 25 min at 0° C. and stirred at the same temperature for 3 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC for complete consumption of compound 10-n. The reaction mixture was quenched with water (100 mL) and extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (100 mL×2). The combined organic extracts was washed with brine (100 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was purified by silica gel flash chromatography using 15-20% EtOAc/hexanes to afford 12-n as an off-white solid (1.5 g, 58.1%). LCMS: 489.1 (M+1).

Step 8: Synthesis of (S)-5-amino-N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-5-fluorophenyl)ethyl)pentane-1-sulfonamide (13-n)

To a stirred solution of compound 12-n (1.5 g, 3.07 mmol) in methanol (20 mL), was added hydrazine hydrate (99%, 0.48 mL, 15.3 mmol) at 0° C. and stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The ice bath was removed and the reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 5 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC till the complete consumption of compound 12-n. After completion, methanol was removed from reaction mixture under reduced pressure. The crude material was dissolved in 2N HCl (10 mL) and washed with diethyl ether (10 mL×3). The aqueous layer was basified with aq ammonia (pH=˜8) and extracted with ethyl acetate (10 mL×4). The organic extracts was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 13-n as a sticky mass (1.1 g, crude). This product was carried forward to the next step without purification. LCMS: 359 (M+1).

Step 9: Synthesis of ethyl (S)-(5-(N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-5-fluorophenyl) ethyl) sulfamoyl) pentyl) glycinate (15-n)

To a solution of compound 13-n (0.6 g, 1.68 mmol) in ethanol (10 mL) was added ethyl 2-oxoacetate (14-n) (50% solution in toluene, 0.36 mL, 1.85 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 1 h. To this was added a solution of NaCNBH₃ (426 mg, 2.02 mmol) in ethanol (5 mL; containing 2 drops of AcOH) dropwise over 10 min at room temperature and reaction mixture was stirred for another 4 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC for complete consumption of compound 13-n. Ethanol was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was taken in saturated NaHCO₃ solution (75 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (75 mL×2). The organic extract was washed with brine (75 mL) respectively then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 15-n (0.8 g, crude). It was carried forward to the next step without purification.

Step 10: Synthesis of ((S)—N-(1-(3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-5-fluorophenyl) ethyl)-5-(2,4-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)pentane-1-sulfonamide (Production Example 78a)

To a stirred solution of compound 15-n (0.8 g, 1.86 mmol) in AcOH (10 mL) was added KOCN (0.3 mg, 3.72 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h then heated at 60° C. for 6 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and residue was taken in saturated solution of NaHCO₃ solution (100 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (75 mL×2). The organic extract was washed with brine (20 mL) then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to dryness. The residue was purified by combiflash chromatography (eluting with 3-4% MeOH in DCM) to afford Production Example 78a as a white solid (0.22 g, 26%).

¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.68 (s, 1H), 7.69 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.83-6.72 (m, 2H), 6.64-6.60 (m, 1H), 4.45-4.33 (m, 1H), 3.86 (s, 2H), 3.80 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.13 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.82-2.78 (m, 1H), 2.60-2.55 (m, 1H), 1.61-1.41 (m, 2H), 1.34 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 4H), 1.26-1.02 (m, 4H), 0.60-0.49 (m, 2H), 0.34-0.22 (m, 2H); ESI-MS (m/z): Calculated for: C₂₀H₂₈FN₃O₅S: 441.52, observed mass; 440.1 (M−H); HPLC purity: 99.1%.

Biological Methods

Drugs, Reagents and Cell Lines

Test compounds are suspended in DMSO at a concentration, e.g., of 100 mmol/L, fluorodeoxyuridine (FUdR) that can be obtained from Sigma (St Louis, Mo.) and maintained in sterile double-distilled water at stock concentrations of 50 mmol/L.

Recombinant human deoxyuridine nucleotidohydrolase (dUTPase) is expressed and purified as described in Ladner R D, Carr S A, Huddleston M J, McNulty D E, Caradonna S J. J Biol Chem. 1996 Mar. 29; 271(13):7752-7. All drugs stocks are aliquoted and diluted as appropriate prior to use. The oligonucleotide primer, templates and fluorophore- and quencher-labeled detection probes are synthesized by Integrated DNA Technologies (Coralville, Iowa), subjected to polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis purification and reconstituted in Omnipur sterile nuclease-free water (EMD Chemicals USA, Gibbstown N.J.) at a stock concentration of 100 μmol/L. The two non-emissive (dark) quenching molecules incorporated into the detection probes include the Iowa black fluorescein quencher (IBFQ; absorption max 531 nm) and ZEN (non-abbreviation; absorption max 532 nm). The fluorescent label utilized is 6-FAM (5′-carboxyfluorescein; excitation max.=494 nm, emission max.=520 nm). Probes are further diluted to a working stock of 10 μmol/L and aliquoted to avoid repeated freeze/thaw cycles. AmpliTaq Gold DNA Polymerase, GeneAmp 10×PCR Buffer 2, MgCl₂ and MicroAmp Optical 96-well Reaction Plates are purchased from Applied Biosystems (Carlsbad, Calif.). dNTPs are purchased individually at stock concentrations of 100 mmol/L from New England Biolabs at HPLC-certified >99% purity (Ipswich, Mass.).

B. Assay Components, Instrumentation and Real-Time Fluorescence Conditions

Reaction mixtures contained primer, probe and template at an equimolar final concentration of 0.4 μmol/L. Magnesium chloride (MgCl₂) is included at a final concentration of 2 mmol/L dNTPs are included in the reaction mix in excess at a final concentration of 100 μmol/L (dUTP/dTTP is excluded). AmpliTaq Gold DNA polymerase is added at 0.875 U/reaction, 2.5 μl of 10×PCR buffer 2 added and nuclease-free ddH₂O added to a final reaction volume of 25 μl. For dUTP inhibition analysis, the volume of ddH₂O is further modified to accommodate an additional 1 μl of dUTPase (10 ng/μl) and 1 μl of inhibitor or DMSO control. Thermal profiling and fluorescence detection is performed using the ‘isothermal’ program on board an Applied Biosystems 7500 Real-Time PCR System. For analysis of dNTPs, the thermal profile consisted of an 8 min 37° C. step followed by a 10 min 95° C. step to ‘shot-start’ the Taq polymerase and a primer extension time of up to 30 min at 60° C. depending on the application. Raw fluorescence spectra for 6-FAM is measured using filter A at specified time intervals to follow assay progression using Sequence Detection Software (SDS Version 1.4, Applied Biosystems) and exported and analyzed in Microsoft Excel (Microsoft, Redmond Wash.) and Prism (GraphPad Software, La Jolla Calif.). Fluorescence values for blank reactions (limiting dNTP omitted) are subtracted to give normalized fluorescence units (NFU) to account for background fluorescence.

C. MTS Growth Inhibition Assay

The Cell Titer AQueous MTS assay (Promega) is carried out according to the manufacturers guidelines. IC_(50(72h)) values are calculated from sigmoidal-dose response curves utilizing Prism (Graphpad, San Diego, Calif.). The combination effect is determined by the combination index (CI) method utilizing Calcusyn software (Biosoft, Ferguson, Mo.). Fraction affected (FA) is calculated from the percent growth inhibition: FA=(100−% growth inhibition)/100. CI values <1, synergism; 1−1.2, additive and >1.2, antagonism.

D. Colony Formation Assay

Colony forming assay showing the ability of colon (SW620, HCT116), non-small cell lung (A549, H460, H1299 and H358) and breast (MCF7) cancer cells to survive and proliferate following transient 24 hour exposure to test compounds, FUdR and combinations are determined. Specifically, cells are seeded at densities between 50 and 100 cells/well in 24-well plates. Twenty-four hours later, cells are treated with increasing concentrations of a test compound, a fixed dose of FUdR and combinations of these. After 24 hours, drug is removed, cells are rinsed and allowed to outgrow for 10-14 days. At the conclusion of the outgrowth, cells are fixed in 60% ice cold methanol and stained with 0.1% crystal violet, scanned and counted. Data is presented as percentage of untreated controls (mean±SD). Fraction affected and combination indexes are calculated according to the method of Chou and Talalay where <1 is indicative of a synergistic drug interaction.

E. In Vivo Analysis

Xenograft experiments are conducted in male NU/NU nude mice (Charles River, Wilmington, Mass.) that are 6-8 weeks old, Subcutaneous A549 xenografts are established and allowed to grow until they reached ˜50 mm³ (day 1). Animals are randomized to treatment groups: vehicle, pemetrexed 50 mg/kg, a test compound and combination of pemetrexed plus a test compound (n=5, group). Pemetrexed is administered at 50 mg/kg by intraperitoneal injection every two days. Test compound is administered, e.g., at 75 mg/kg by intraperitoneal injection every two days. The combination of pemetrexed and the test compound is administered by intraperitoneal injection, e.g., every two days. Two perpendicular diameters of tumors are measured every 2 days with a digital caliper by the same investigator. Tumor volume is calculated according to the following formula: TV (mm³)=(length[mm]×(width[mm]²)/2. Mice are inspected everyday for overall health and bodyweight is measured every 2 days as an index of toxicity. All animal protocols are approved by the USC Institutional Animal Care and Use Committee (IACUC).

dUTPase Inhibition

Test compounds are screened in a fluorescence-based assay. The assay employs a DNA polymerase-based approach utilizing an oligonucleotide template with 3 distinct regions: a 3′ primer binding region, a mid-template dUTP/thymidine triphosphate (TTP) detection region and a 5′ 6-Flavin adenine mononucleotide (FAM)-labeled probe binding region that incorporates a black hole quenching moiety. During the reaction, the probe and primer hybridize to the oligonucleotide template to form the template:primer:probe complex. When Taq polymerase binds to the primer in the TPP complex and dUTP is present, successful extension of the nascent strand occurs and the inherent 5′ to 3′ exonuclease activity of Taq polymerase cleaves and displaces the 6-FAM-labeled probe in a 5′ to 3′ direction, releasing the 6-FAM fluorophore from its proximity to the three quenchers. This displacement effectively disrupts the Förster resonance energy transfer (FRET) and the resulting fluorescence detected upon excitation is directly proportional to the amount of the dUTP available in the assay for incorporation. Conversely, when the dUTP is unavailable, exhausted, or degraded by dUTPase and is no longer available for incorporation, Taq polymerase stalls and extension delay and/or chain termination of the nascent strand occurs. In this instance, probe hydrolysis/degradation does not occur and the probe remains dark as fluorescence remains quenched via FRET. Since fluorescence is directly proportional to the concentration of dUTP, the assay is easily modified to measure dUTP and the effects of inhibitors on dUTP hydrolysis by the enzyme dUTPase. The template BHQ-DT6 (Black Hole Quencher—Detection Template 6) for detecting up to 60 pmols of dUTP is included for this application of the assay along with 50 pmols of dUTP and 5 ng of recombinant dUTPase. The reaction is incubated at 37° C. for 8 mins and terminated by a 10 min incubation at 95° C. to simultaneously inactivate dUTPase and activate the hot-start Taq polymerase. The fluorescence generated during the detection step is directly proportional to the concentration of dUTP remaining after the 8 min incubation. The concentration of dUTP at reaction termination and therefore inhibition of dUTPase in the presence and absence of inhibitors and appropriate dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) controls can be determined.

Test compounds are evaluated for their antitumor activity in colorectal cancer cells using the MTS growth inhibition assay. HCT116 and SW620 cells are exposed to increasing concentrations of each agent for 72 hours and growth inhibition is directly compared to vehicle-treated controls. The NSCLC cell lines A549 and H1299 are exposed to increasing concentrations of each agent for 72 hours and growth inhibition is directly compared to vehicle-treated controls.

Growth Inhibition

MTS growth inhibition assays are performed to evaluate the effectiveness of the test compounds alone and in combination with the fluoropyrimidine thymidylate synthase (TS) inhibitor 5-fluorouracil (5-FU) at inhibiting the growth of colorectal (HCT116 and SW620) cell line models. Increasing concentrations of 5-FU between 0 and 100 μmol/L demonstrated dose-dependent increases in growth inhibition in both the colorectal cancer cell lines evaluated. Simultaneous treatment with increasing concentrations of and a test compound at fixed concentrations of 25 μmol/L is determined.

Reducing Cancer Cell Viability

Colony forming assays are performed to evaluate the effectiveness of test compounds alone and in combination with the fluoropyrimidine thymidylate synthase (TS) inhibitor fluorodeoxyuridine (FUdR) at reducing cancer cell viability in colorectal (HCT116), breast (MCF-7) and non-small cell lung (H1299, A549, H358 and H460) cell line models. Increasing concentrations of FUdR between 0.5 and 2.5 μmol/L demonstrated dose-dependent decreases in colonies formed in all cell lines evaluated. In colorectal cancer cells, concentrations of test compounds ranging e.g., from 3.1 μmol/L to 50 μmol/L are combined with 0.5 μmol/L FUdR In HCT116 cells and 1 μmol/L FUdR in SW620 cells.

It should be understood that although the present invention has been specifically disclosed by certain aspects, embodiments, and optional features, modification, improvement and variation of such aspects, embodiments, and optional features can be resorted to by those skilled in the art, and that such modifications, improvements and variations are considered to be within the scope of this disclosure.

The invention has been described broadly and generically herein. Each of the narrower species and subgeneric groupings falling within the generic disclosure also form part of the invention. In addition, where features or aspects of the invention are described in terms of Markush groups, those skilled in the art will recognize that the invention is also thereby described in terms of any individual member or subgroup of members of the Markush group. 

What is claimed is:
 1. A method of a. one or more of inhibiting dUTPase or enhancing the efficacy of a dUTPase directed therapy; or b. reversing resistance to a dUTPase-directed therapy comprising contacting the dUTPase with a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I):

or a tautomer thereof, or a deuterium isotope of each of the above wherein up to 10 hydrogen atoms that are attached to one or more carbon atoms are replaced with deuterium(s), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of each of the foregoing, or a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate of each of the above mentioned, wherein A is

each R³⁰ independently is hydrogen; an optionally substituted C₁-C₁₀ alkoxy; optionally substituted amino, an optionally substituted C₁-C₁₀ alkyl; optionally substituted hydroxy; or Z; L¹ is —(CH₂)_(q)—, wherein one or more hydrogens are optionally substituted with C₁-C₃ alkyl and/or at least two or more geminal hydrogens are optionally substituted with an optionally substituted 3-5 membered heterocyclyl or an optionally substituted 3-5 membered cycloalkyl; and wherein q is 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8;

wherein one or more hydrogens are optionally substituted with C₁-C₃ alkyl and/or at least two or more geminal hydrogens are optionally substituted with an optionally substituted 3-5 membered heterocyclyl or an optionally substituted 3-5 membered cycloalkyl; and wherein p is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 and z is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; —(CH₂)_(m)—X¹⁵—(CH₂)_(n)—, wherein one or more hydrogens are optionally substituted with C₁-C₃ alkyl and/or at least two or more geminal hydrogens are optionally substituted with an optionally substituted 3-5 membered heterocyclyl or an optionally substituted 3-5 membered cycloalkyl; and wherein m is 0, 1, 2, or 3 and n is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7; or

wherein one or more hydrogens are optionally substituted with C₁-C₃ alkyl and/or at least two or more geminal hydrogens are optionally substituted with an optionally substituted 3-5 membered heterocyclyl or an optionally substituted 3-5 membered cycloalkyl; and wherein o is 0, 1, 2, or 3; r is 1, 2 or 3; and s is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; and wherein X¹⁵ is NR⁴⁰, O, or S, wherein R⁴⁰ is H or C₁-C₃ alkyl; L² is —SO₂NR⁵⁰—, wherein the sulfur is attached to L¹; —NR⁵⁰SO₂—, wherein the nitrogen is attached to L¹; —C(O)NR⁵⁰—, wherein the carbon is attached to L¹; —NR⁵⁰C(O)—, wherein the nitrogen is attached to L¹; —NR⁵⁰SO₂NR⁵⁰—; or —NR⁵⁰CONR⁵⁰—; each R⁵⁰ independently is hydrogen, an optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl, an optionally substituted C₂-C₆ heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted C₂-C₆ alkenyl, an optionally substituted C₃-C₆ heteroalkenyl, an optionally substituted C₂-C₆ alkynyl, an optionally substituted C₃-C₆ heteroalkynyl, or Z; Z is

each R⁵¹ and R⁵² independently is hydrogen or an optionally substituted C₁-C₁₀ alkyl; X is an optionally substituted hydroxy group, an optionally substituted NH₂ group, or an optionally substituted SH group; L³ is a bond, a cyclopropano group, a cyclobutano group, an optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkylene, an optionally substituted C₂-C₆ heteroalkylene, an optionally substituted C₂-C₆ alkenylene, an optionally substituted C₃-C₆ heteroalkenylene, an optionally substituted C₂-C₆ alkynylene, or an optionally substituted C₃-C₆ heteroalkynylene; and B is an optionally substituted 6-10 membered aryl.
 2. A method of treating a disease in a patient whose treatment is impeded by the expression or over expression of dUTPase, comprising: a. administering to the patient in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a tautomer thereof, or a deuterium isotope of each of the above wherein up to 10 hydrogen atoms that are attached to one or more carbon atoms are replaced with deuterium(s), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of each of the foregoing, or a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate of each of the above mentioned; or b. screening a cell or tissue sample from the patient; determining the expression level of dUTPase in the sample; and administering to a patient whose sample shows over expression of dUTPase, a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of Formula (I), or the tautomer thereof, or the deuterium isotope of each of the above wherein up to 10 hydrogen atoms that are attached to one or more carbon atoms are replaced with deuterium(s), or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt of each of the foregoing, or the pharmaceutically acceptable solvate of each of the above mentioned; wherein the method of treating the disease excludes preventing the disease from occurring in the patient that is predisposed or does not yet display symptoms of the disease; and Formula (I) is

wherein A is

each R³⁰ independently is hydrogen; an optionally substituted C₁-C₁₀ alkoxy; optionally substituted amino, an optionally substituted C₁-C₁₀ alkyl; optionally substituted hydroxy; or Z; L¹ is —(CH₂)_(q)—, wherein one or more hydrogens are optionally substituted with C₁-C₃ alkyl and/or at least two or more geminal hydrogens are optionally substituted with an optionally substituted 3-5 membered heterocyclyl or an optionally substituted 3-5 membered cycloalkyl; and wherein q is 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8;

wherein one or more hydrogens are optionally substituted with C₁-C₃ alkyl and/or at least two or more geminal hydrogens are optionally substituted with an optionally substituted 3-5 membered heterocyclyl or an optionally substituted 3-5 membered cycloalkyl; and wherein p is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 and z is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; —(CH₂)_(m)—X¹⁵—(CH₂)_(n)—, wherein one or more hydrogens are optionally substituted with C₁-C₃ alkyl and/or at least two or more geminal hydrogens are optionally substituted with an optionally substituted 3-5 membered heterocyclyl or an optionally substituted 3-5 membered cycloalkyl; and wherein m is 0, 1, 2, or 3 and n is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7; or

wherein one or more hydrogens are optionally substituted with C₁-C₃ alkyl and/or at least two or more geminal hydrogens are optionally substituted with an optionally substituted 3-5 membered heterocyclyl or an optionally substituted 3-5 membered cycloalkyl; and wherein o is 0, 1, 2, or 3; r is 1, 2 or 3; and s is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; and wherein X¹⁵ is NR⁴⁰, O, or S, wherein R⁴⁰ is H or C₁-C₃ alkyl; L² is —SO₂NR⁵⁰—, wherein the sulfur is attached to L¹; —NR⁵⁰SO₂—, wherein the nitrogen is attached to L¹; —C(O)NR⁵⁰—, wherein the carbon is attached to L¹; —NR⁵⁰C(O)—, wherein the nitrogen is attached to L¹; —NR⁵⁰SO₂NR⁵⁰—; or —NR⁵⁰CONR⁵⁰—; each R⁵⁰ independently is hydrogen, an optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl, an optionally substituted C₂-C₆ heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted C₂-C₆ alkenyl, an optionally substituted C₃-C₆ heteroalkenyl, an optionally substituted C₂-C₆ alkynyl, an optionally substituted C₃-C₆ heteroalkynyl, or Z; Z is

each R⁵¹ and R⁵² independently is hydrogen or an optionally substituted C₁-C₁₀ alkyl; X is an optionally substituted hydroxy group, an optionally substituted NH₂ group, or an optionally substituted SH group; L³ is a bond, a cyclopropano group, a cyclobutano group, an optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkylene, an optionally substituted C₂-C₆ heteroalkylene, an optionally substituted C₂-C₆ alkenylene, an optionally substituted C₃-C₆ heteroalkenylene, an optionally substituted C₂-C₆ alkynylene, or an optionally substituted C₃-C₆ heteroalkynylene; and B is an optionally substituted 6-10 membered aryl.
 3. A method of inhibiting the growth of a cancer cell comprising contacting the cell with a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of Formula (I), or a tautomer thereof, or a deuterium isotope of each of the above wherein up to 10 hydrogen atoms that are attached to one or more carbon atoms are replaced with deuterium(s), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of each of the foregoing, or a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate of each of the above mentioned; and a therapeutically effective amount of a dUTPase directed therapeutic, thereby inhibiting the growth of the cancer cell; wherein Formula (I) is

wherein A is

each R³⁰ independently is hydrogen; an optionally substituted C₁-C₁₀ alkoxy; optionally substituted amino, an optionally substituted C₁-C₁₀ alkyl; optionally substituted hydroxy; or Z; L¹ is —(CH₂)_(q)—, wherein one or more hydrogens are optionally substituted with C₁-C₃ alkyl and/or at least two or more geminal hydrogens are optionally substituted with an optionally substituted 3-5 membered heterocyclyl or an optionally substituted 3-5 membered cycloalkyl; and wherein q is 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8;

wherein one or more hydrogens are optionally substituted with C₁-C₃ alkyl and/or at least two or more geminal hydrogens are optionally substituted with an optionally substituted 3-5 membered heterocyclyl or an optionally substituted 3-5 membered cycloalkyl; and wherein p is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 and z is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; —(CH₂)_(m)—X¹⁵—(CH₂)_(n)—, wherein one or more hydrogens are optionally substituted with C₁-C₃ alkyl and/or at least two or more geminal hydrogens are optionally substituted with an optionally substituted 3-5 membered heterocyclyl or an optionally substituted 3-5 membered cycloalkyl; and wherein m is 0, 1, 2, or 3 and n is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7; or

wherein one or more hydrogens are optionally substituted with C₁-C₃ alkyl and/or at least two or more geminal hydrogens are optionally substituted with an optionally substituted 3-5 membered heterocyclyl or an optionally substituted 3-5 membered cycloalkyl; and wherein o is 0, 1, 2, or 3; r is 1, 2 or 3; and s is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; and wherein X¹⁵ is NR⁴⁰, O, or S, wherein R⁴⁰ is H or C₁-C₃ alkyl; L² is —SO₂NR⁵⁰—, wherein the sulfur is attached to L¹; —NR⁵⁰SO₂—, wherein the nitrogen is attached to L¹; —C(O)NR⁵⁰—, wherein the carbon is attached to L¹; —NR⁵⁰C(O)—, wherein the nitrogen is attached to L¹; —NR⁵⁰SO₂NR⁵⁰—; or —NR⁵⁰CONR⁵⁰—; each R⁵⁰ independently is hydrogen, an optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl, an optionally substituted C₂-C₆ heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted C₂-C₆ alkenyl, an optionally substituted C₃-C₆ heteroalkenyl, an optionally substituted C₂-C₆ alkynyl, an optionally substituted C₃-C₆ heteroalkynyl, or Z; Z is

each R⁵¹ and R⁵² independently is hydrogen or an optionally substituted C₁-C₁₀ alkyl; X is an optionally substituted hydroxy group, an optionally substituted NH₂ group, or an optionally substituted SH group; L³ is a bond, a cyclopropano group, a cyclobutano group, an optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkylene, an optionally substituted C₂-C₆ heteroalkylene, an optionally substituted C₂-C₆ alkenylene, an optionally substituted C₃-C₆ heteroalkenylene, an optionally substituted C₂-C₆ alkynylene, or an optionally substituted C₃-C₆ heteroalkynylene; and B is an optionally substituted 6-10 membered aryl.
 4. The method of claim 3, wherein the cancer cell is selected from a colon cancer cell, a colorectal cancer cell, a gastric cancer cell, a head and neck cancer cell, a breast cancer cell, a lung cancer cell or a blood cell.
 5. The method of claim 2, wherein the disease is cancer.
 6. The method of claim 5, wherein the cancer is selected from the group consisting of colon cancer, colorectal cancer, gastric cancer, esophageal cancer, head and neck cancer, breast cancer, lung cancer, stomach cancer, liver cancer, gall bladder cancer, pancreatic cancer and leukemia.
 7. The method of claim 1, wherein B is selected from the group consisting of:

wherein each R⁶ independently is hydrogen, an optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkoxy, or halo; each R⁷ independently is an optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl, an optionally substituted C₂-C₆ alkenyl, an optionally substituted C₂-C₆ alkynyl, an optionally substituted C₃-C₅ cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C₃-C₁₀ heteroaryl, an optionally substituted C₃-C₁₀ heterocyclyl, or an optionally substituted C₆-C₁₀ aryl; or R⁶ and R⁷ together with the atoms they are attached to form an optionally substituted 5-7 membered ring; or 2 R⁶ groups together with the atoms they are attached to form an optionally substituted 5-7 membered ring; each R¹-R³ independently is H, halo, an optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl, an optionally substituted 4-15 membered heterocyclyl, or —OR²⁰ or, if two of R¹-R³ are on adjacent carbon atoms, then two such substituents together with the atoms they are attached to form an optionally substituted 5-7 membered ring; R²⁰ is (CH₂)_(w)—R²¹, an optionally substituted C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl, or an optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl; R²¹ is an optionally substituted C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C₆-C₁₀ aryl, an optionally substituted 5-15 membered heteroaryl, an optionally substituted 4-15 membered heterocyclyl, an optionally substituted C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, an optionally substituted C₂-C₁₀ alkenyl, an optionally substituted C₂-C₁₀ alkynyl, an optionally substituted 4-15 membered heterocyclyl, or

wherein each R²²-R²⁴ independently is an optionally substituted C₁-C₃ alkyl or hydroxy or two of R²²-R²⁴ together with the carbon atoms they are attached to form a 3-7 membered ring; and w is 1, 2, 3, 4, or
 5. 8. The method of claim 2, wherein B is selected from the group consisting of:

wherein each R⁶ independently is hydrogen, an optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkoxy, or halo; each R⁷ independently is an optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl, an optionally substituted C₂-C₆ alkenyl, an optionally substituted C₂-C₆ alkynyl, an optionally substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C₃-C₁₀ heteroaryl, an optionally substituted C₃-C₁₀ heterocyclyl, or an optionally substituted C₆-C₁₀ aryl; or R⁶ and R⁷ together with the atoms they are attached to form an optionally substituted 5-7 membered ring; or 2 R⁶ groups together with the atoms they are attached to form an optionally substituted 5-7 membered ring; each R¹-R³ independently is H, halo, an optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl, an optionally substituted 4-15 membered heterocyclyl, or —OR²⁰ or, if two of R¹-R³ are on adjacent carbon atoms, then two such substituents together with the atoms they are attached to form an optionally substituted 5-7 membered ring; R²⁰ is (CH₂)_(w)—R²¹, an optionally substituted C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl, or an optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl; R²¹ is an optionally substituted C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C₆-C₁₀ aryl, an optionally substituted 5-15 membered heteroaryl, an optionally substituted 4-15 membered heterocyclyl, an optionally substituted C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, an optionally substituted C₂-C₁₀ alkenyl, an optionally substituted C₂-C₁₀ alkynyl, an optionally substituted 4-15 membered heterocyclyl, or

wherein each R²²-R²⁴ independently is an optionally substituted C₁-C₃ alkyl or hydroxy or two of R²²-R²⁴ together with the carbon atoms they are attached to form a 3-7 membered ring; and w is 1, 2, 3, 4, or
 5. 9. The method of claim 3, wherein B is selected from the group consisting of:

wherein each R⁶ independently is hydrogen, an optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkoxy, or halo; each R⁷ independently is an optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl, an optionally substituted C₂-C₆ alkenyl, an optionally substituted C₂-C₆ alkynyl, an optionally substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C₃-C₁₀ heteroaryl, an optionally substituted C₃-C₁₀ heterocyclyl, or an optionally substituted C₆-C₁₀ aryl; or R⁶ and R⁷ together with the atoms they are attached to form an optionally substituted 5-7 membered ring; or 2 R⁶ groups together with the atoms they are attached to form an optionally substituted 5-7 membered ring; each R¹-R³ independently is H, halo, an optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl, an optionally substituted 4-15 membered heterocyclyl, or —OR²⁰ or, if two of R¹-R³ are on adjacent carbon atoms, then two such substituents together with the atoms they are attached to form an optionally substituted 5-7 membered ring; R²⁰ is (CH₂)_(w)—R²¹, an optionally substituted C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl, or an optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl; R²¹ is an optionally substituted C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C₆-C₁₀ aryl, an optionally substituted 5-15 membered heteroaryl, an optionally substituted 4-15 membered heterocyclyl, an optionally substituted C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, an optionally substituted C₂-C₁₀ alkenyl, an optionally substituted C₂-C₁₀ alkynyl, an optionally substituted 4-15 membered heterocyclyl, or

wherein each R²²-R²⁴ independently is an optionally substituted C₁-C₃ alkyl or hydroxy or two of R²²-R²⁴ together with the carbon atoms they are attached to form a 3-7 membered ring; and w is 1, 2, 3, 4, or
 5. 10. The method of claim 1, wherein A is selected from the group consisting of:


11. The method of claim 2, wherein A is selected from the group consisting of:


12. The method of claim 3, wherein A is selected from the group consisting of:


13. The method of claim 1, wherein L¹ is selected from the group consisting of:

and optionally substituted versions thereof wherein 1-5 hydrogen atoms are optionally substituted, wherein the left side of the moieties are attached to A and wherein R⁷⁰ is an optionally substituted C₁-C₃ alkyl.
 14. The method of claim 2, wherein L¹ is selected from the group consisting of:

and optionally substituted versions thereof wherein 1-5 hydrogen atoms are optionally substituted, wherein the left side of the moieties are attached to A and wherein R⁷⁰ is an optionally substituted C₁-C₃ alkyl.
 15. The method of claim 3, wherein L¹ is selected from the group consisting of:

and optionally substituted versions thereof wherein 1-5 hydrogen atoms are optionally substituted, wherein the left side of the moieties are attached to A and wherein R⁷⁰ is an optionally substituted C₁-C₃ alkyl.
 16. The method of claim 1, wherein B is

and wherein R²⁰ is (CH₂)_(w)—R²¹, an optionally substituted C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl, or an optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl; R²¹ is an optionally substituted C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C₆-C₁₀ aryl, an optionally substituted 5-15 membered heteroaryl, an optionally substituted 4-15 membered heterocyclyl, an optionally substituted C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, an optionally substituted C₂-C₁₀ alkenyl, an optionally substituted C₂-C₁₀ alkynyl, an optionally substituted 4-15 membered heterocyclyl, or

wherein each R²²-R²⁴ independently is an optionally substituted C₁-C₃ alkyl or hydroxy or two of R²²-R²⁴ together with the carbon atoms they are attached to form a 3-7 membered ring; and w is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; or B is selected from the group consisting of:

wherein the alkoxy group is further optionally substituted wherein 1-5 hydrogen atoms are optionally substituted; the ring moiety is further optionally substituted with 1-3 halo; the methylene group between the oxygen atom and the ring moiety is optionally substituted with 1-2 C₁-C₆ alkyl; and R⁷⁰ is an optionally substituted C₁-C₁₀ alkyl.
 17. The method of claim 2, wherein B is

and wherein R²⁰ is (CH₂)_(w)—R²¹, an optionally substituted C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl, or an optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl; R²¹ is an optionally substituted C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C₆-C₁₀ aryl, an optionally substituted 5-15 membered heteroaryl, an optionally substituted 4-15 membered heterocyclyl, an optionally substituted C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, an optionally substituted C₂-C₁₀ alkenyl, an optionally substituted C₂-C₁₀ alkynyl, an optionally substituted 4-15 membered heterocyclyl, or

wherein each R²²-R²⁴ independently is an optionally substituted C₁-C₃ alkyl or hydroxy or two of R²²-R²⁴ together with the carbon atoms they are attached to form a 3-7 membered ring; and w is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; or B is selected from the group consisting of:

wherein the alkoxy group is further optionally substituted wherein 1-5 hydrogen atoms are optionally substituted; the ring moiety is further optionally substituted with 1-3 halo; the methylene group between the oxygen atom and the ring moiety is optionally substituted with 1-2 C₁-C₆ alkyl; and R⁷⁰ is an optionally substituted C₁-C₁₀ alkyl.
 18. The method of claim 3, wherein B is

and wherein R²⁰ is (CH₂)_(w)—R²¹, an optionally substituted C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl, or an optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl; R²¹ is an optionally substituted C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C₆-C₁₀ aryl, an optionally substituted 5-15 membered heteroaryl, an optionally substituted 4-15 membered heterocyclyl, an optionally substituted C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, an optionally substituted C₂-C₁₀ alkenyl, an optionally substituted C₂-C₁₀ alkynyl, an optionally substituted 4-15 membered heterocyclyl, or

wherein each R²²-R²⁴ independently is an optionally substituted C₁-C₃ alkyl or hydroxy or two of R²²-R²⁴ together with the carbon atoms they are attached to form a 3-7 membered ring; and w is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; or B is selected from the group consisting of:

wherein the alkoxy group is further optionally substituted wherein 1-5 hydrogen atoms are optionally substituted; the ring moiety is further optionally substituted with 1-3 halo; the methylene group between the oxygen atom and the ring moiety is optionally substituted with 1-2 C₁-C₆ alkyl; and R⁷⁰ is an optionally substituted C₁-C₁₀ alkyl.
 19. The method of claim 1, wherein the compound is selected from

wherein R⁷⁰ is an optionally substituted C₁-C₁₀ alkyl; R³⁰ is hydrogen; an optionally substituted C₁-C₁₀ alkoxy; optionally substituted amino; an optionally substituted C₁-C₁₀ alkyl; optionally substituted hydroxy; or Z; and Z is

each R⁵¹ and R⁵² independently is hydrogen or an optionally substituted C₁-C₁₀ alkyl; and X is an optionally substituted hydroxy group, an optionally substituted NH₂ group, or an optionally substituted SH group.
 20. The method of claim 2, wherein the compound is selected from

wherein R⁷⁰ is an optionally substituted C₁-C₃ alkyl; R³⁰ is hydrogen; an optionally substituted C₁-C₁₀ alkoxy; optionally substituted amino; an optionally substituted C₁-C₁₀ alkyl; optionally substituted hydroxy; or Z; and Z is

each R⁵¹ and R⁵² independently is hydrogen or an optionally substituted C₁-C₁₀ alkyl; and X is an optionally substituted hydroxy group, an optionally substituted NH₂ group, or an optionally substituted SH group. 